Ihre E-Mail wurde erfolgreich gesendet. Bitte prüfen Sie Ihren Maileingang.

Leider ist ein Fehler beim E-Mail-Versand aufgetreten. Bitte versuchen Sie es erneut.

Vorgang fortführen?

Exportieren
Filter
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (439)
  • BVB
  • Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands  (439)
  • Cham : Imprint: Springer
  • Science (General)  (439)
Datenlieferant
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (439)
  • BVB
  • BSZ  (11)
Materialart
Sprache
  • 1
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400724044
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIII, 457p. 16 illus, digital)
    Serie: The European Philosophy of Science Association Proceedings 1
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. European Philosophy of Science Association EPSA philosophy of science
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Science ; Philosophy ; Congresse ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Amsterdam
    Kurzfassung: This is a collection of high-quality research papers in the philosophy of science, deriving from papers presented at the second meeting of the European Philosophy of Science Association in Amsterdam, October 2009
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction; Contents; Contributors; 1 Modeling Strategies for Measuring Phenomena In- and Outside the Laboratory; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Reliability of Measurement; 1.2.1 Inside the Laboratory; 1.2.2 Outside the Laboratory; 1.3 Calibration; 1.4 Gray-Box Models; 1.5 Conclusions; References; 2 Mating Intelligence, Moral Virtues, and Methodological Vices; 2.1 Introduction: Mating Intelligence Theory of the Evolution of Morality; 2.2 Evolutionary Psychology, Moral Psychology, and Sex Differences; 2.3 Two Explanatory Frameworks of the Mating Intelligence Theory; 2.4 Concluding Remarks
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: References3 Rejected Posits, Realism, and the History of Science; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Fresnel on the Ether; 3.3 Refining the Concept; 3.4 An Entrenched Conception; 3.5 Excising the Ether Took Time; 3.6 Concluding Remarks; References; 4 Explanation and Modelization in a Comprehensive Inferential Account; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 An Inferential Approach to Scientific Discourse and Inquiry; 4.3 Explanation as a Speech Act; 4.4 Explanation in Scientific Dialogues: Credibility vs Enlightening; 4.5 Conclusion; References; 5 Standards in History: Evaluating Success in Stem Cell Experiments
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.1 Introduction5.2 Stem Cells and Gold Standards; 5.3 History in the Blood; 5.4 Establishing Standards; 5.5 Evaluating Experiments; 5.6 Conclusion; References; 6 Modeling Scientific Evidence: The Challenge of Specifying Likelihoods; 6.1 The Foundation Challenge; 6.2 The Specification Challenge; 6.2.1 Broad Specification; 6.2.2 Narrow Specification; 6.2.3 Formal Problems with Substantive Implications; 6.3 Specification and Epistemic Foundations; References; 7 Persistence in Minkowski Space-Time; 7.1 Persistence of Spatially Extended Objects
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 7.1.1 The Argument from 0Explanatory Deficiency0 in Balashov ( 2000a )7.1.2 The Problem of Criss-Crossing Hyperplanes in Gilmore ( 2006 ); References; 8 Genuine versus Deceptive Emotional Displays; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 The Prisoners Dilemma, Positive Assortment and Signalling; 8.3 Emotional Displays as Signals; 8.4 Detection of Deception and Cooperation; 8.5 Proximate Mechanisms for Securing Emotional Translucency; 8.6 Emotions and Common-Interest Interactions; 8.7 Balancing Pressures: Age-Dependent Intensity of Selection; 8.8 Conflicting and Common-Interests Across a Lifetime
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 8.9 Plasticity of Displays8.10 Conclusion; References; 9 Tales of Tools and Trees: Phylogenetic Analysis and Explanation in Evolutionary Archaeology; 9.1 Introduction: Darwinizing Culture; 9.2 Trees of Tools: How Phylogenetics Came to Archaeology; 9.3 Cladograms in Classification and Explanation; 9.4 Tales of Tools; 9.5 Conclusions and Outlook; References; 10 Sustaining a Rational Disagreement; 10.1 Scientific Disagreements; 10.2 The Dynamic Approach; 10.3 Objections and Replies; 10.4 Other Types of Disagreement; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 11 Philosophical Accounts of Causal Explanation and the Scientific Practice of Psychophysics
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9789400727595 , 1280798602 , 9781280798603
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 372p. 34 illus, digital)
    Serie: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 292
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Characterizing the robustness of science
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Science ; Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wissenschaft ; Robustheit ; Reliabilität ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie
    Kurzfassung: William Wimsatt
    Kurzfassung: Mature sciences have been long been characterized in terms of the 'successfulness', 'reliability' or 'trustworthiness' of their theoretical, experimental or technical accomplishments. Today many philosophers of science talk of 'robustness', often without specifying in a precise way the meaning of this term. This lack of clarity is the cause of frequent misunderstandings, since all these notions, and that of robustness in particular, are connected to fundamental issues, which concern nothing less than the very nature of science and its specificity with respect to other human practices, the nature of rationality and of scientific progress; and science's claim to be a truth-conducive activity. This book offers for the first time a comprehensive analysis of the problem of robustness, and in general, that of the reliability of science, based on several detailed case studies and on philosophical essays inspired by the so-called practical turn in philosophy of science.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Contributors; 1 Introduction: The Solidity of Scientific Achievements: Structure of the Problem, Difficulties, Philosophical Implications; 1.1 Robustness. . . That Is to Say?; 1.2 Solidity, a Relational Status: Between Holism and Modularity; 1.3 Counting and Weighing the Arrows of a Solidity Scheme; 1.4 Solidity, a Status That Comes in Degrees; 1.5 Arrows-Node Schemes of Solidity and Scientific Practices; 1.6 1.6 About the Nature of the X Appearing in the Judgment 'X Is Solid'; 1.6.1 Solidity of the Nodes; 1.6.2 Solidity of the Arrows
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.7 From the Pyramidal-Foundational Model to the Holistic-Symbiotic Model, and Back1.7.1 A Thought Experiment Playing with the Solidity Values of the Elements of a Robustness Scheme; 1.7.2 What Hides the Holistic-Symbiotic Working of a Robustness Scheme in a Given Historical Configuration; 1.7.3 Structural Homologies and Substantial Differences Between the Robustness Analysis of Real-Time Scientific Practices and Retrospective Consideration of Past Science; 1.8 Independent Derivations . . . In What Sense?; 1.8.1 Content (or Logico-semantic) Independence; 1.8.2 Building an Independence Scale
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.8.3 Historical (or Empirico-genetic) Independence1.8.4 Robustness, Historical Dependency, Scientific Realism and Contingentism; 1.9 Sequential Overview of the Contents of This Book; 1.9.1 Chapters 2 and 3: Wimsatt on Robustness, Past and Present; 1.9.2 Chapters 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8: Case Studies of the Robustness of a Single Node; 1.9.3 Chapter 9: A Systematic Panoramic Analysis of the Robustness Notion; 1.9.4 Chapters 10 and 11: The Solidity of Derivations; 1.9.5 Chapters 12, 13 and 14: Robustness, Scope, and Realism; References; 2 Robustness, Reliability, and Overdetermination (1981)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.1 Common Features of Concepts of Robustness2.2 Robustness and the Structure of Theories; 2.3 Robustness, Testability, and the Nature of Theoretical Terms; 2.4 Robustness, Redundancy, and Discovery; 2.5 Robustness, Objectification, and Realism; 2.6 Robustness and Levels of Organization; 2.7 Heuristics and Robustness; 2.8 Robustness, Independence, and Pseudorobustness: A Case Study; References; 3 Robustness: Material, and Inferential, in the Natural and Human Sciences; 3.1 Robustness Introduced: Historical Background and Stage Setting; 3.2 Material Robustness
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.3 A Central Biological Example: How Is Sex Possible?3.4 Qualifications on Robustness; 3.5 Robustness and Entrenchment; References; 4 Achieving Robustness to Confirm Controversial Hypotheses: A Case Study in Cell Biology; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Theoretical Background of Endocytosis; 4.3 Some Recent Findings Concerning Clathrin-Mediated Endocytosis and the Conflict with the Dominant Views; 4.4 The Experimental Strategies Implemented to Achieve Robustness: A Type of Robustness Scheme and Its Peculiar Features; 4.5 Conclusions: Robustness As a Methodological Attractor; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5 Multiple Derivability and the Reliability and Stabilization of Theories
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 3
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400741072
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIX, 205p, digital)
    Serie: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 294
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Radder, Hans, 1949 - The material realization of science
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Physics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Physics ; Habermas, Jürgen ; Science ; Philosophy ; Habermas, Jürgen 1929- ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Habermas, Jürgen 1929- ; Wissenschaftstheorie
    Kurzfassung: Hans Radder
    Kurzfassung: This book develops a conception of science as a multi-dimensional practice, which includes experimental action and production, conceptual-theoretical interpretation, and formal-mathematical work. On this basis, it addresses the topical issue of scientific realism and expounds a detailed, referentially realist account of the natural sciences. This account is shown to be compatible with the frequent occurrence of conceptual discontinuities in the historical development of the sciences. Referential realism exploits several fruitful ideas of Jürgen Habermas, especially his distinction between objectivity and truth; it builds on a in-depth analysis of scientific experiments, including their material realization; and it is developed through an extensive case study in the history and philosophy of quantum mechanics. The new postscript explains how the book relates to several important issues in recent philosophy of science and science studies. I highly recommend this book. Radder is probably the first philosopher of science to make productive epistemological use of the notion of experimental system. The postscript is most valuable since it connects his work not only to the topical debates in philosophy of science, but also to history of science and science studies. Hans-Jörg Rheinberger, Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin About the first edition: The debate on realism has recently become rather stale by repetition, but Radder introduces original insights and has written a lively and well-argued contribution to it. The book is to be recommended also as a clear introduction to the complex of relevant issues. Mary Hesse, University of Cambridge Radder presents an ingenious approach to the issue of scientific realism and conceptual discontinuity. I believe his idea that conceptual discontinuity presupposes other types of continuity is extremely important. Mark Rowlands, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa Hans Radder is professor of philosophy of science and technology at VU University Amsterdam. He is the author of In and About the World and The World Observed/The World Conceived. He edited The Philosophy of Scientific Experimentation and The Commodification of Academic Research: Science and the Modern University, and is coeditor of Science Transformed Debating Claims of an Epochal Break.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Material Realization of Science; Preface to the Revised English Edition; Preface to the First English Edition; Preface to the Dutch Edition; Contents; Introduction; Part I Habermas and the Philosophy of Science; Chapter 1: Habermas's Philosophy of the Natural Sciences; 1.1 Introductory Remarks; 1.2 The Aim of Habermas's Epistemology; 1.3 Two Fundamental Distinctions; 1.3.1 Purposive-Rational and Communicative Action; 1.3.2 Communicative Action and Discourse: Two Forms of Communication; 1.4 The Constitution Theory and the Role of Experiment
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.4.1 Objectivity of Experience and the Categorial Structure of Object-Domains1.4.2 The Experiment in the Natural Sciences; 1.5 The Consensus Theory of Truth; 1.5.1 What Is Truth?; 1.5.2 Grounded Consensus as the Criterion of Truth; 1.5.3 The Formal Characteristics of Discourse; 1.5.4 The Ideal Speech Situation; 1.6 Objectivity and Truth; Chapter 2: Habermas on Objectivity and Truth: Analysis and Critique; 2.1 Introductory Remarks; 2.2 The Transcendental Method and the Role of Experiment; 2.2.1 On the Constitution of Objectivity; 2.2.2 The Role of Experiment in Habermas
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3 A Critique of Habermas's Theory of Truth2.3.1 On the Meaning of Truth; 2.3.2 The Inadequacy of the Criterion of Truth; Part II Experimentation and Referential Realism; Chapter 3: Experimentation in the Natural Sciences; 3.1 Introductory Remarks; 3.2 The Theoretical Description of Experiments; 3.3 Experimentation as Material Realization; 3.4 Experimental Production and the Possibility of Realism; Chapter 4: Verifiability and Reference, Relativism and Realism; 4.1 Introductory Remarks; 4.2 Verifiability; 4.3 Conceptual Discontinuity and Scientific Realism; 4.4 A Criterion of (Co)reference
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.5 A "Realistic" RealismChapter 5: Specification and Application: Two Case Studies from the History and Philosophy of Quantum Mechanics; 5.1 Introductory Remarks; 5.2 The Correspondence Principle and the Historical Development of Quantum Mechanics; 5.2.1 Bohr 1913: Correspondence as Numerical Agreement; 5.2.2 Correspondence and Conceptual Continuity: 1916-1922; 5.2.3 Numerical and Formal Correspondence: 1923-1925; 5.2.4 Correspondence and Material Realization; 5.2.5 Philosophical Conclusions; 5.3 The Measurement Problem in Quantum Mechanics; 5.3.1 Measurement Problem and Realism
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.3.2 The Measurement Problem as a Problem of Correspondence5.3.3 Quantum-Mechanical Measuring Process and Communication; Conclusion; Postscript 2012; 1 Habermas and the Philosophy of the Natural Sciences; 2 Scientific Experimentation; 3 Referential Realism; 3.1 A Realist Ontology; 3.2 A Referentially Realist Epistemology; 3.3 Referential Realism, Constructive Empiricism, and Constructive Realism; 3.4 Referential and Instrumental Realism; 3.5 Referential Realism and "Materialist" Science Studies; 3.6 Referential and Structural Realism; 3.7 Referential Realism and Idealist Antirealism
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4 Philosophy and History of Quantum Mechanics
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 4
    ISBN: 9789048122295 , 9781282069404
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (digital)
    Ausgabe: 1
    Serie: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 3
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Evaluating new technologies
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Ethics ; Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Technische Innovation ; Responsive Evaluation
    Kurzfassung: In this forward-looking volume the invited authors argue that the world must critically assess the potential pitfalls of new technologies in advance. Many of the developments in modern technology are complex, risky, and, to begin with, cloaked in uncertainty. How should we deal with such developments - that may not only have positive effects (such as an increase of our well-being or an improved ability to control and cure diseases) but also negative effects for human beings and the environment (such as global warming or the medicalisation of human beings)? The fact that technological 'progress' often occurs under conditions of uncertainty makes the issue even more pressing. Frequently, we are completely devoid of information concerning the applications of new technologies and what their impact will be on human beings and the environment. History has shown that taking a retrospective perspective by passively awaiting the practical consequences of new technologies is both dangerous and inappropriate, as often damage will already have occurred. The genie is well and truly out of the bottle and those who once had control over the new processes no longer have that power, as the science will have a momentum of its own, unheeding of belated attempts to stop it or slow it down. What is more, technology is often 'logically malleable', with far wider applications than even we can anticipate. Thus, say editors Sollie and Duwell, an anticipatory attitude is required towards dealing with new technology. This book addresses methodological issues with regard to the ethical evaluation of new and emerging technology. It focuses specifically on the concept of uncertainty that, unlike the notion of risk, is greatly undervalued in the field of ethics. It is a must-read for anyone involved in (ethical) technology assessment: philosophers, those involved in science and technology studies, and policy-makers alike.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Evaluating New Technologies: An Introduction; Ethical Aspects of Research in Ultrafast Communication; Whose Responsibility Is It Anyway? Dealing with the Consequences of New Technologies; Ethics in and During Technological Research; An Addition to IT Ethics and Science Ethics; The Need for a Value-Sensitive Design of Communication Infrastructures; The Moral Relevance of Technological Artifacts; Interdisciplinarity, Applied Ethics and Social Science; Facts or Fiction? A Critique on Vision Assessment as a Tool for Technology Assessment
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Exploring Techno-Moral Change: The Case of the ObesityPillOn Uncertainty in Ethics and Technology; New Technologies, Common Sense and the Paradoxical Precautionary Principle; Complex Technology, Complex Calculations: Uses and Abuses of Precautionary Reasoning in Law; Ethics of Technology at the Frontier of Uncertainty: A Gewirthian Perspective
    Anmerkung: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9781402096044
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Ausgabe: 1
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Serie: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 278
    DDC: 001
    Schlagwort(e): Physics History ; Science (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Social sciences Philosophy
    Kurzfassung: Peter McLaughlin
    Kurzfassung: Collects classics of Marxist historiography of science, including a translation of Boris Hessen's "The Social and Economic Roots of Newton's Principia" (1931), Henryk Grossmann's "The Social Foundation of Mechanistic Philosophy and Manufacture" (1935) and Descartes' "New Ideal of Science&quot
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Classical Marxist Historiography of Science: The Hessen-Grossmann-Thesis; The Social and Economic Roots of Newton's Principia; The Social Foundations of the Mechanistic Philosophy and Manufacture; Descartes and the Social Origins of the Mechanistic Concept of the World; Additional Texts on Mechanism; Henryk Grossman: A Biographical Sketch; Boris Hessen: In Lieu of a Biography
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 6
    ISBN: 9781402097911
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Ausgabe: 1
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Serie: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 257
    Schlagwort(e): History ; Philosophy (General) ; Science (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy
    Kurzfassung: There are two main contributions in this book: Firstly, to make the founding and evolution of the Western thought accessible to the reflective man of our day, since the spirit of the Presocratics – although it is considered to constitute a true intellectual revolution – remains unknown to the broader community and secondly to shed greater light – probably for the first time – on the scientific dimension of the Presocratics’ work, and show its timeless value. This book is a balanced interdisciplinary philosophic-scientific presentation of the evolution of Western thought through the presocratic tradition, where the synthesis of rationality and intuition – rather than their opposition – is the key to answering all questions of science, as we now understand the them. It is a book that investigates the roots of Western science and philosophy, where probably for the first time a coherent interrelation is shown between Presocratics’ thought and classical, as well as modern physical sciences.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction; The Juncture; Introduction to the Presocratics; Thales of Miletus (ca. 625-546 B.C.); Anaximander of Miletus (ca. 610-546 B.C.); Anaximenes of Miletus (ca. 585-525 B.C.); Pythagoras of Samos (ca. 570-496 B.C.); Xenophanes of Colophon (ca. 570-470, B.C.; Heraclitus of Ephesus (ca. 540-480 B.C.); Parmenides of Elea (ca. 515-450 B.C.); Empedocles of Acragas (ca. 494-434 B.C.); Anaxagoras of Clazomenae (ca. 500-428 B.C.); Democritus of Abdera (ca. 460-360 B.C.); Epilogue;
    Anmerkung: "Translated from the original Greek version into English by Professor Robert Crist of the University of Athens, Greece , Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 7
    ISBN: 9781402088933
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , v.: digital
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Science and Law Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Serie: Boston Studies In The Philosophy Of Science 267
    DDC: 500
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy (General)
    Kurzfassung: " Like any goal-oriented procedure, experiment is subject to many kinds of failures. These failures have a variety of features, depending on the particulars of their sources. For the experimenter these pitfalls should be avoided and their effects minimized. For the historian-philosopher of science and the science educator, on the other hand, they are instructive starting points for reflecting on science in general and scientific method and practice in particular. Often more is learned from failure than from confirmation and successful application. The identification of error, its source, its context, and its treatment shed light on both practices and epistemic claims. This book shows that it is fruitful to bring to light forgotten and lost failures, subject them to analysis and learn from their moral. The study of failures, errors, pitfalls and mistakes helps us understand the way knowledge is pursued and indeed generated. The book presents both historical accounts and philosophical analyses of failures in experimental practice. It covers topics such as ""error as an object of study"", ""learning from error"", ""concepts and dead ends"", ""instrumental artifacts"", and ""surprise and puzzlement"". This book will be of interest to historians, philosophers, and sociologists of science as well as to practicing scientists and science educators. "
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Introduction: Mapping "Going Amiss"; Error: The Long Neglect, the One-Sided View, and a Typology; Error as Historiographical Challenge: The Infamous Globule Hypothesis; Learning Without Error; Living Extremely Flat: The Life of an Automaton; John von Neumann's Conception of Error of (in)Animate Systems; Experimental Reorientations; Concepts from the Bench: Hans Krebs, Kurt Henseleit and the Urea Cycle; How Experiments Make Concepts Fail: Faraday and Magnetic Curves; A Pioneer Who Never Got It Right: James Dewar and the Elusive Phenomena of Cold
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Distinguishing Real Results from Instrumental Artifacts: The Case of the Missing RainGoing Right and Making It Wrong: The Reception of Fizeau's Ether-Drift Experiment of 1859; The Spectrum of ß Decay: Continuous or Discrete? A Variety of Errors in Experimental Investigation; The Scent of Filth: Experiments, Waste, and the Set-Up; In the Thick of Organic Matter
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 8
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9781402068850
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 250p. 90 illus. in color, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Dahlman, Ola, 1939 - Nuclear test ban
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Science (General) ; Geography ; Physical geography ; Political science ; Social Sciences ; Traité d'interdiction complète des essais nucléaires : 1996 ; Kernwaffentest ; Internationales Recht ; Internationale Politik
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 9
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9781402083129
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Miller, Seumas Ethical and philosophical consideration of the dual-use dilemma in the biological sciences
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Life sciences ; Science (General) ; Philosophy ; Biowissenschaften ; Bioethik ; Philosophie ; Biologischer Krieg ; Forschung
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9781402085987
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Communicating science in social contexts
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Communicating science in social contexts
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Science Study and teaching ; Economics ; Education ; Communication in science ; Science Social aspects ; Information storage and retrieval systems Science ; Science in literature ; Science in mass media ; Naturwissenschaften ; Kommunikation ; Gesellschaft ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Naturwissenschaften ; Kommunikation ; Gesellschaft
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 11
    ISBN: 9781402027550
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 800 p, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Handbook of quantitative science and technology research
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Information storage and retrieval systems ; Endogenous growth (Economics) ; Economics ; Social policy ; Technology ; Science, general ; Exakte Wissenschaften ; Bibliometrie ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Exakte Wissenschaften ; Bibliometrie
    Kurzfassung: This handbook offers a state-of-the-art survey of quantitative science and technology research. It focuses on the development and application of indicators derived from data on scientific publications and patents. Many contributions introduce new challenging approaches in the use of these indicators. The work deals with theoretical and methodological issues, and presents applications.Scientific or technological performance and productivity of the ST system and ST institutions are central to the underlying concept of this handbook, which illustrates how these measures can be used at the macro-level as well as in the management of organisations. In this context, various topics such as quality control in knowledge production, internationalisation of research, collaboration, knowledge networks and knowledge flows, multi- or interdisciplinarity, knowledge specialisation and integration, and participation of women are discussed. Several contributions address the crucial question of the relevance and use of ST indicators in a policy context.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 12
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9781402026980
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 289 p, digital)
    Serie: Archimedes 9
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Dijksterhuis, Fokko Jan Lenses and waves
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Mathematics_$xHistory ; Physics History ; Science, general ; Philosophy ; Science, Humanities and Social Sciences, multidisciplinary ; Huygens, Christiaan 1629-1695 ; Optik ; Geschichte
    Kurzfassung: From the contents: 1. Introduction – 'The perfect Cartesian' -- 2. 1653 – 'Tractatus' -- 3. 1655-1672 – 'De Aberratione' -- 4. The 'Project' of 1672 -- 5. 1677-1679 – Waves of Light -- 6. 1690 – Traité de la Lumière -- 7. Conclusion: Lenses & Waves -- List of figures -- Bibliography -- Index
    Kurzfassung: In 1690, Christiaan Huygens (1629-1695) published Traité de la Lumière, containing his renowned wave theory of light. It is considered a landmark in seventeenth-century science, for the way Huygens mathematized the corpuscular nature of light and his probabilistic conception of natural knowledge. This book discusses the development of Huygens’ wave theory, reconstructing the winding road that eventually led to Traité de la Lumière. For the first time, the full range of manuscript sources is taken into account. In addition, the development of Huygens’ thinking on the nature of light is put in the context of his optics as a whole, which was dominated by his lifelong pursuit of theoretical and practical dioptrics. In so doing, this book offers the first account of the development of Huygens’ mathematical analysis of lenses and telescopes and its significance for the origin of the wave theory of light. As Huygens applied his mathematical proficiency to practical issues pertaining to telescopes – including trying to design a perfect telescope by means of mathematical theory – his dioptrics is significant for our understanding of seventeenth-century relations between theory and practice. With this full account of Huygens’ optics, this book sheds new light on the history of seventeenth-century optics and the rise of the new mathematical sciences, as well as Huygens’ oeuvre as a whole. Students of the history of optics, of early mathematical physics, and the Scientific Revolution, will find this book enlightening
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 13
    ISBN: 9781402030857
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVII, 266p, digital)
    Serie: NATO Science Series, Series II: Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry 183
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. New challenges in superconductivity
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Condensed matter ; Particles (Nuclear physics) ; Superconductivity ; Science, general ; Physics ; Supraleitung
    Kurzfassung: Fulin Zuo
    Kurzfassung: This volume contains the proceedings of the 2004 University of Miami Workshop onUnconventional Superconductivity. The workshop was the fourth in a series of successful meetings on High-TCSuperconductivity and related topics, which took place at the James L. Knight Physics Building on the University of Miami campus in Coral Gables, Florida, in January 1991, 1995, 1999, and 2004.The volume includes high-quality papers on state of the art works on unconventional superconductivity. A key issue, discussed by many in the workshop, was how homogeneous the cuprates are. STM data, as well as other reports, showed that the cuprate superconductors (SC's) studied were inhomogeneous, especially in the underdoped regime; while experiments, like ARPES and magnetoresistance have established the existence of a Fermi Surface, at least above some doping level, in the cuprates. Other topics ranging from the pseudogap problem to pairing mechanisms are also discussed by various authors. In general, experiments show more convergence than high-TCtheories. There is definitely no consensus on the high- TCmechanism, although two broad groups exist: those around the extended "Big Tent" homogenous scheme, and those who assume an intrinsic inhomogeneous state. Another division could be viewed between those who consider the high- TCmechanism to be essentially of an electronic-magnetic origin (with no role played by the lattice), and those who assign an important role to the lattice.There seemed to be a consensus in the workshop that MgB2 and the fullerenes are simpler SC's than the cuprates, while work on ruthenocuprates and the coexistence of SC and ferromagnetism provided new stimuli to research and understanding. Interest was drawn also by the new NaxCoO2yH2O SC. Although this is a low-TCmaterial, its physical properties have asimilarity to those of the cuprates; thus research on this system seems to be important for the understanding of high TCSC.The volume gives a brief overview of many facets of present day superconductivity research and should be of great interest to all scientists and research students who work in the field of superconductivity or related subjects in condensed matter physics and material sciences.
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 14
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401093880
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: One Magmatism and global tectonic processesOne Relation of present-day magmatism to global tectonic processes -- Two Geochemkal characteristics of igneous rocks as petrogenetic indicators -- Three Partial melting processes in the Earth’s upper mantle -- Four Processes which modify the composition of primary magmas -- Two Magmatism at constructive plate margins -- Five Mid-ocean ridges -- Three Magmatism at destructive plate margins -- Six Island arcs -- Seven Active continental margins -- Eight Back-arc basins -- Four Magmatism within plates -- Nine Oceanic islands -- Ten Continental tholeiitic flood basalt provinces -- Eleven Continental rift zone magmatism -- Twelve Potassic magmatism within continental plates -- Approximate ranges of D values for the partitioning of trace elements between the common rock-forming minerals and liquids of basic-intermediate composition.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 15
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401091275
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Fifth edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 The Development of Antimicrobial Agents Past, Present and Future1.1 The social and economic importance of antimicrobial agents -- 1.2 An outline of the historical development of antimicrobial agents -- 1.3 Reasons for studying the biochemistry and molecular biology of antimicrobial compounds -- 1.4 Uncovering the molecular basis of antimicrobial action -- 1.5 Scope and layout of the present book -- 2 Vulnerable Shields - The Cell Walls of Bacteria and Fungi -- 2.1 Functions of the cell wall -- 2.2 Structure of the bacterial wall -- 2.3 Structure and biosynthesis of peptidoglycan -- 2.4 Antibiotics that inhibit peptidoglycan biosynthesis -- 2.5 Drugs that interfere with the biosynthesis of the cell wall of mycobacteria -- 2.6 The structure of the fungal cell wall -- 2.7 Inhibitors of the biosynthesis of the fungal cell wall -- 3 Antiseptics, Antibiotics and the Cell Membrane -- 3.1 Microbe killers: antiseptics and disinfectants -- 3.2 Polypeptide antibiotics -- 3.3 lonophoric antibiotics -- 3.4 Antifungal agents that interfere with the function and biosynthesis of membrane sterols -- 4 Inhibitors of Nucleic Acid Synthesis -- 4.1 Compounds affecting the biosynthesis and utilization of nucleotide precursors -- 4.2 Inhibitors of nucleic acid biosynthesis at the polymerization stage -- 5 Inhibitors of Protein Biosynthesis -- 5.1 Ribosomes -- 5.2 Stages in protein biosynthesis -- 5.3 Puromycin -- 5.4 Inhibitors of aminoacyl-tRNA formation -- 5.5 Inhibitors of initiation and translation -- 5.6 Inhibitors of peptide bond formation and translocation -- 5.7 Nitrofurantoin - a ribosomal poison? -- 5.8 Effects of inhibitors of 70S ribosomes on eukaryotic cells -- 6 Antimicrobial Drugs with other Modes of Action -- 6.1 Antibacterial agents -- 6.2 A unique antifungal antibiotic - griseofulvin -- 6.3 Antiviral agents -- 6.4 Antiprotozoal agents -- 7 Penetrating the Defences: How Antimicrobial Drugs Reach Their Targets -- 7.1 Cellular permeability barriers to drug penetration -- 7.2 Multidrug efflux in bacteria -- 7.3 Examples of the uptake of antibacterial drugs -- 7.4 Uptake of antimicrobial drugs by eukaryotic pathogens -- 8 The Genetic Basis of Resistance to Antimicrobial Drugs -- 8.1 Mutations and the origins of drug-resistance genes -- 8.2 Gene mobility and transfer in bacterial drug resistance -- 8.3 Global regulators of drug resistance in Gram-negative bacteria -- 9 Biochemical Mechanisms of Resistance to Antimicrobial Drugs -- 9.1 Enzymic inactivation of drugs -- 9.2 Modification of drug targets -- 9.3 Drug efflux pumps -- 9.4 Other mechanisms of resistance -- 9.5 Drug resistance and the future of chemotherapy.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 16
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401152426
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 124 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 17
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401096058
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Introduction1.1 Ceramic Phases and Phase Equilibria -- 1.2 Oxides in the Environment -- 1.3 Phase Diagrams and Ceramic Processes -- 2. Products and Properties -- 2.1 Electromagnetic Properties and Applications -- 2.2 Refractory Applications -- 3. Mass Transport for Reaction -- 3.1 Defects in Oxides -- 3.2 Ideal Impurity Incorporation -- 3.3 Impurities and Defects in Real Oxides -- 4. From Equilibrium Thermodynamics to Phase Equilibria -- 4.1 Thermodynamic Functions and Relationships -- 4.2 The System Definition for Chemical Equilibria -- 4.3 State Function Measurement or Calculation -- 4.4 Solution Properties -- 4.5 Congruent Phase Transition -- 4.6 Nucleation Phenomena and Transformation Kinetics -- 5. The Phase Rule and Heterogeneous Equilibria -- 5.1 The Gibbs Phase Rule -- 5.2 The Phase Diagram -- 6. One- and Two-Component System Presentations -- 6.1 One-Component Systems -- 6.2 Two-Component or Binary Systems -- 6.3 Binary Phase Compatibility and Mass Balance -- 6.4 Heterogeneous Crystallization -- 6.5 Binary Metastability -- 6.6 Rules for Diagram Construction -- 7. Three or More Component Equilibria -- 7.1 The Ternary System -- 7.2 Ternary Phase Compatibility and Mass Balance -- 7.3 Special Ternary Diagram Presentations -- 7.4 Quaternary and Higher System Diagrams -- 8. Engineered Systems and Oxide Phase Equilibria -- 8.1 Conditions and Kinetics of Reaction -- 8.2 Reaction in Ceramic Processing -- 8.3 Consideration of Engineering Design -- References -- Suggested Exercises.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 18
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401752824
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVII, 438 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 19
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401154000
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (112p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: 2
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: C4: Recombinant aequorin methods for measurement of intracellular calcium in plantsC5: GUS activity staining - a powerful tool in plant molecular biology -- F5: RNA differential display -- F6: Expression analysis of multigene families by RFLP-coupled domain-directed differential display (RC4D) -- G4: In-cell RT-PCR in a single, detached plant cell.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 20
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400900899
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (21 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 21
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400902152
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVII, 259 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 22
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401105835
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 118 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Disease risks of obesity -- The fallacy of ideal body weight standards -- Obesity and diabetes: many as yet unanswered questions -- Present public health issues on obesity -- References -- 2. Are all calories equal? -- Possible mechanisms by which calories from macronutrients might not be equal -- Are all calories equal for slimmers? -- ‘Are all calories equal?’ -- References -- 3. Metabolic risk factors for the development of obesity -- Determinants of energy expenditure -- Low metabolic rate as a risk factor -- The effect of dietary fat/carbohydrate on energy expenditure -- Oxidative autoregulation -- Diet composition and obesity -- Conclusion -- References -- 4. Metabolic response to slimming -- Short-term consequences of slimming -- Long-term consequences of slimming -- Conclusions -- References -- 5. Health effects of weight cycling -- The metabolic hypothesis -- Weight cycling and health -- Interpretation of epidemiological findings -- Psychological factors -- Conclusions and implications -- References -- 6. Food preferences and body weight control -- Food preferences and obesity -- Fat intake and fat preference in the genesis of obesity -- Genetic predisposition -- References -- 7. Psychological aspects of obesity -- Early psychological theories -- Emergence of the restrained eater -- Restrained eating and obesity -- Bulimia nervosa -- Strict control and the disturbance of eating behaviour -- Counter-regulation -- Individual variability -- Dietary macronutrient selection and body weight control -- Successful and unsuccessful weight control strategies -- References -- 8. Realistic expectations of obesity treatments -- No new treatment principles -- A pessimistic view -- Why so little success? -- Realistic strategies -- The definition of success -- An optimistic view -- References -- 9. Health professional approach to weight control -- Hypocaloric diet -- Exercise -- Pharmacotherapy -- Very low-calorie diets -- Surgery -- References.
    Kurzfassung: The mechanisms controlling body weight or, to be more specific, that component of body mass that consists of adipose tissue is an active area of scientific research. Two stimuli can be discerned that give a sense of urgency to this research. The first is the data, from many sources, confirming an inexorable upward trend in the prevalence of overweight and obesity in developed countries. The picture in the emerging nations is unclear because of both a lack of appropriate survey data and the continued scourge of under­ nourishment among their poor. It is likely, however, that, throughout the world, wherever disposable income and food availability are high, obesity and overweight will be a continuing and increasing problem. The second driving force among researchers is the realization that, to date, there has been little success in either stemming the tide of individuals experiencing excessive adiposity or enabling them to recover a more desirable body weight and composition. Such are the problems. But significant progress in research into the origins and treatment of this condition is being made, and in recent years has been brisk. Technical advances (such as the ability to measure total energy expenditure in free-living individuals with good reliability), new and imaginative thinking and a determination not to be satisfied with hypotheses until they have been thoroughly challenged by experiment have yielded significant advances.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Disease risks of obesityThe fallacy of ideal body weight standards -- Obesity and diabetes: many as yet unanswered questions -- Present public health issues on obesity -- References -- 2. Are all calories equal? -- Possible mechanisms by which calories from macronutrients might not be equal -- Are all calories equal for slimmers? -- ‘Are all calories equal?’ -- References -- 3. Metabolic risk factors for the development of obesity -- Determinants of energy expenditure -- Low metabolic rate as a risk factor -- The effect of dietary fat/carbohydrate on energy expenditure -- Oxidative autoregulation -- Diet composition and obesity -- Conclusion -- References -- 4. Metabolic response to slimming -- Short-term consequences of slimming -- Long-term consequences of slimming -- Conclusions -- References -- 5. Health effects of weight cycling -- The metabolic hypothesis -- Weight cycling and health -- Interpretation of epidemiological findings -- Psychological factors -- Conclusions and implications -- References -- 6. Food preferences and body weight control -- Food preferences and obesity -- Fat intake and fat preference in the genesis of obesity -- Genetic predisposition -- References -- 7. Psychological aspects of obesity -- Early psychological theories -- Emergence of the restrained eater -- Restrained eating and obesity -- Bulimia nervosa -- Strict control and the disturbance of eating behaviour -- Counter-regulation -- Individual variability -- Dietary macronutrient selection and body weight control -- Successful and unsuccessful weight control strategies -- References -- 8. Realistic expectations of obesity treatments -- No new treatment principles -- A pessimistic view -- Why so little success? -- Realistic strategies -- The definition of success -- An optimistic view -- References -- 9. Health professional approach to weight control -- Hypocaloric diet -- Exercise -- Pharmacotherapy -- Very low-calorie diets -- Surgery -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 23
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401112185
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Developments in molecular genetic techniques in fisheries2 Appraisal of molecular genetic techniques in fisheries -- 3 Molecular genetics and the stock concept in fisheries -- 4 The role of molecular genetic markers in the management of cultured fishes -- 5 Perspectives of molecular genetics and fisheries into the 21st century -- 6 Molecular genetics in fisheries: current and future perspectives -- 7 Microsatellites: genetic markers for the future -- 8 Molecular genetics applications in fisheries: snake oil or restorative? -- Glossary of terms.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 24
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401095921
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. An Overview of the Evolution of the U.S. Pecan Industry -- 2. Pecan Production -- 3. Pecan Physiology and Composition -- 4. Pecan Processing -- 5. Mechanization of Post-Harvest Pecan Processing -- 6. Microbiology and Sanitation -- 7. Pecan Composition -- 8. Methods for Measurement of Pecan Quality -- 9. Structure and Performance of the Pecan Market -- Appendix: Further Reading.
    Kurzfassung: Flavorwise and texturewise pecans are the "Queen of the Edible Nuts. " This has been verified by salters, bakers, confectioners and ice cream manufacturers in America and western Europe. Hickory nuts and macadamia nuts are close behind, but are available only in limited supply. Pecans are among the nuts highest in oil content. In general, the varieties of nuts with the highest oil content are also rich in flavor and tender in texture. Some varieties of pecans (i. e. , Schley and Curtis) have been shown to contain as much as 76% oil. The oil in pecans is highly unsaturated, which means it is desirable from a nutritional standpoint but that it is also highly susceptible to oxidation which can cause pecans to tum stale and rancid. Pecans used in confections, bakery goods, cereals, or in snacks are more subject to staleness and rancidity than most nuts because these products are often stored at ambient temperatures. For this reason, pecans are considered to be semi-perishable and are not used in some "fine" products due to their limited shelf-life. Research at the Georgia Experiment Station has shown that raw pecans or most pecan products may be held in good condition for more than 20 years if freezing is the mode of preservation. However, development of new products demands that pecans be stored at ambient temperatures for extended intervals. Pecan 'meat' is easily bruised during shelling and handling.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. An Overview of the Evolution of the U.S. Pecan Industry2. Pecan Production -- 3. Pecan Physiology and Composition -- 4. Pecan Processing -- 5. Mechanization of Post-Harvest Pecan Processing -- 6. Microbiology and Sanitation -- 7. Pecan Composition -- 8. Methods for Measurement of Pecan Quality -- 9. Structure and Performance of the Pecan Market -- Appendix: Further Reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 25
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401106894
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1 v)
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Introduction -- 2. Chemical Lists and List Descriptions -- 3. Cross-Reference Indexes of Chemical Names and Synonyms -- B. Regulatory Summaries -- Appendix: Key to RCRA “F”- and “K”- Series Wastes.
    Kurzfassung: The Regulated Chemicals Directory"lM is meant to be a convenient source of information for everyone who needs to keep up-to-date regarding the regulations and recommendations that pertain to chemical substances. The RCD™ is designed to be the first reference book to consult when beginning compliance efforts. Every regulatory or advisory list used in the RCD™ is keyed to its source, to help readers who need more detailed information on regulations, recommendations, or guidelines readily locate source documents. Some organizations now center their compliance efforts on computerized information stored in cross-referenced databases. A unique feature of the RCDTM is the availability of an electronic version suitable for use on IBM-compatible personal computers, download onto mainframes and CD-ROM players. Both the print and electronic versions are updated with the same timeliness. For more information on the electronic versions of the Regulated Chemicals DirectoryTM, contact Chapman & Hall directly (One Penn Plaza, New York, NY 10119, fax-212-564-1505). Many companies working on product development need information on what may be regulated in the future. The RCD™ provides selected information on pending regulations and in-progress testing lists, which can provide a starting place for tracking future regulatory considerations. Information for the RCD™ is continually gathered and updated. Suggestions from readers for information that should be added to the RCD™ or for other ways to improve the book are welcomed by Chapman & Hall. - Patricia L. Dsida, Pres. ChemADVISOR® , Inc. ix Part A. Chemical Lists and Indexes Section 1.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Introduction2. Chemical Lists and List Descriptions -- 3. Cross-Reference Indexes of Chemical Names and Synonyms -- B. Regulatory Summaries -- Appendix: Key to RCRA “F”- and “K”- Series Wastes.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9789401091763
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: One: Precision and Accuracy in Studies of Climatic Change and Human Impact1 Precision, concepts, controversies: Alan Smith’s contributions to vegetational history and palaeoecology -- 2 Forward to the past: changing approaches to Quaternary palaeoecology -- 3 Radiocarbon dating and the palynologist: a realistic approach to precision and accuracy -- 4 Great oaks from little acorns..: precision and accuracy in Irish dendrochronology -- Two: Climatic Change on the Landscape -- 5 Peat bogs as sources of proxy climatic data: past approaches and future research -- 6 Forest response to Holocene climatic change: equilibrium or non-equilibrium -- 7 Isolating the climatic factors in early- and mid-Holocene palaeobotanical records from Scotland -- 8 Radiocarbon dating of arctic-alpine palaeosols and the reconstruction of Holocene palaeoenvironmental change -- Three: Evidence for Human Impact -- 9 Earliest palynological records of human impact on the world’s vegetation -- 10 Vegetation change during the Mesolithic in the British Isles: some amplifications -- 11 The development of high moorland on Dartmoor: fire and the influence of Mesolithic activity on vegetation change -- 12 Models of mid-Holocene forest farming for north-west Europe -- 13 The influence of human communities on the English chalklands from the Mesolithic to the Iron Age: the molluscan evidence -- 14 Mesolithic, early Neolithic, and later prehistoric impacts on vegetation at a riverine site in Derbyshire, England -- 15 Holocene (Flandrian) vegetation change and human activity in the Carneddau area of upland mid-Wales -- 16 Early land use and vegetation history at Derryinver Hill, Renvyle Peninsula, Co. Galway, Ireland -- Four: Climatic Change and Human Impact: Relationship and Interaction -- 17 Rapid early-Holocene migration and high abundance of hazel (Corylus avellana L.): alternative hypotheses -- 18 The origin of blanket mire, revisited -- 19 Climatic change and human impact during the late Holocene in northern Britain -- 20 Palaeoecology of floating bogs and landscape change in the Great Lakes drainage basin of North America -- 21 Late Quaternary climatic change and human impact: commentary and conclusions -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 27
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401123181
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 310 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Patterns and processes in a landscape under stress: the study area1 Patterns and processes in a landscape under stress: the study area -- One Spatial Relations by Water Flows -- 2 Nutrient enrichment of freshwater wetlands -- 3 Linking ecological patterns to hydrological conditions on various spatial scales: case study of small stream valleys -- 4 Hydroecological modelling in a polder landscape: a tool for wetland management -- Two Spatial Relations by Air Flows -- 5 Atmospheric nitrogen deposition and its impact on terrestrial ecosystems -- 6 Ditch banks as a conservation focus in intensively exploited peat farmland -- Three Spatial Relations by Moving Organisms -- 7 Population responses to landscape fragmentation -- 8 Metapopulation models for impact assessment of fragmentation -- Four Methods and Concepts of Landscape Planning -- 9 Landscape planning for nature restoration: comparing regional scenarios -- 10 The framework concept and the hydrological landscape structure: a new perspective in the design of multifunctional landscapes -- 11 Nature conservation and extraction of drinking water in coastal dunes: the Meijendel area -- 12 Artificial wetlands: a device for restoring natural wetland values -- 13 Water relations in urban systems: an ecological approach to planning and design.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 28
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401180900
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Fundamentals For All Capacitors -- Application Information -- 2 Ceramic Capacitors -- Application Information -- 3 Plastic Film Capacitors -- Application Information -- 4 Aluminum Electrolytic Capacitors -- Production Technology -- Electro-mechanical Considerations -- 5 Tantalum Capacitors -- Tantalum Foil Style -- Wet Tantalum Style -- Solid Tantalum Style -- Application Information -- 6 Glass Capacitors -- Application Information -- 7 Mica Capacitors -- Application Information -- Appendix A Capacitor Selection Guidelines -- Ceramic -- Paper/Plastic Dielectric -- Aluminum Electrolytic -- Tantalum Electrolytic -- Glass -- Mica -- Trimmer Capacitors -- Appendix B Equations and Symbol Definitions -- Basic Capacitor Formulas -- Metric Prefixes -- Symbols.
    Kurzfassung: A long and varied experience in many areas of electronic circuit design has convinced me that capacitors are the most misunderstood and misused electronic component. This book provides practical guidance in the understanding, construction, use, and application of capacitors. Theory, combined with circuit application advice, will help to under­ stand what goes on in each component and in the final design. All chapters are arranged with the theory of the dielectric type discussed first, followed by circuit application information. With all chapters arranged in the same manner, this will make reading and using this book for reference easier. A practical glossary of terms used in the capacitor industry is included. The first chapter covers basic information that applies to all types of capacitors. Each following chapter addresses a different capacitor dielectric. This book could have been titled: 'Everything You Wanted To Know About Capacitors, But Were Afraid To Ask .. .' ix Preface THE CAPACITOR HANDBOOK Chapter 1 Fundamentals For All Capacitors For all practical purposes, consider only the parallel plate capacitor as illustrated in Fig. 1.1-two conductors or electrodes separated by a dielectric material of uniform thickness. The conductors can be any material that will conduct electricity easily. The dielectric must be a poor conductor-an insulator. Conductor (Electrode) Dielectric ,;~;...--~ Conductor (Electrode) 1..-----Wire to Outside World Fig. 1.1 The Parallel-Plate Capacitor Fig. 1.2 illustrates the symbol for a capacitor used in schematic diagrams of electronic circuits. The symbol resembles a parallel-plate model.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Fundamentals For All CapacitorsApplication Information -- 2 Ceramic Capacitors -- Application Information -- 3 Plastic Film Capacitors -- Application Information -- 4 Aluminum Electrolytic Capacitors -- Production Technology -- Electro-mechanical Considerations -- 5 Tantalum Capacitors -- Tantalum Foil Style -- Wet Tantalum Style -- Solid Tantalum Style -- Application Information -- 6 Glass Capacitors -- Application Information -- 7 Mica Capacitors -- Application Information -- Appendix A Capacitor Selection Guidelines -- Ceramic -- Paper/Plastic Dielectric -- Aluminum Electrolytic -- Tantalum Electrolytic -- Glass -- Mica -- Trimmer Capacitors -- Appendix B Equations and Symbol Definitions -- Basic Capacitor Formulas -- Metric Prefixes -- Symbols.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 29
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401114929
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Edition 1
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: One: Directory Section -- Glass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Optical Fibres & Cables -- Two: Data Section -- Section 1: Continuous Filament Yarns -- Glass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Section 2: Reinforcements for Thermosets -- Section 3: Reinforcements for Thermoplastics -- Section 4: Reinforcements for Cement & Gypsum -- Section 5: Tissues, Surfacing Veils, Mats & Fabrics -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Section 6: Filtration Materials -- Section 7: Insulation Materials -- Section 8: Glass Fibre Fabrics for Printed Circuit Boards -- Section 9: Miscellaneous Materials -- Materials for the Optical Fibre Industry -- Section 10: Fibres -- Section 11: Fibre Cables -- Section 12: Optical Fibre Cable Support Members -- Late Entries -- Index to Advertisers.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: One: Directory SectionGlass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Optical Fibres & Cables -- Two: Data Section -- Section 1: Continuous Filament Yarns -- Glass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Section 2: Reinforcements for Thermosets -- Section 3: Reinforcements for Thermoplastics -- Section 4: Reinforcements for Cement & Gypsum -- Section 5: Tissues, Surfacing Veils, Mats & Fabrics -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Section 6: Filtration Materials -- Section 7: Insulation Materials -- Section 8: Glass Fibre Fabrics for Printed Circuit Boards -- Section 9: Miscellaneous Materials -- Materials for the Optical Fibre Industry -- Section 10: Fibres -- Section 11: Fibre Cables -- Section 12: Optical Fibre Cable Support Members -- Late Entries -- Index to Advertisers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 30
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401114967
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Sixth edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 2 Growth and nutrition -- 3 Zygomycotina and Mastigomycotina -- 4 Ascomycotina -- 5 Basidiomycotina -- 6 Deuteromycotina -- 7 Dispersal in fungi -- 8 Fungal genetics -- 9 Ecology of saprotrophic fungi -- 10 Fungi as plant pathogens -- 11 Fungi as mutualistic symbionts -- 12 Fungi and human affairs -- Further reading: Books on fungi.
    Kurzfassung: This book has passed through a number of editions each involving some modifications while retaining the general character of the first. The most substantial changes occurred in the fifth (1983), but that is now out-of-date. Mycology has not been immune from the rapid evolution of biology in the past decade and the preparation was a long way beyond the capacity of the older writer (C.T.I.). So a younger one (H.J.H.) has collaborated with him. Substantial changes have been made throughout, particularly in relation to taxonomy but in general Chapters 1-7 have undergone relatively little revision. However, this is not true of Chapters 8-12 where the influence of the younger author is paramount. The basic idea of the book remains, namely to present fungi as living organisms profoundly affecting the lives of other kinds of living organisms, especially Man. Their study is of the greatest importance and what is more it is great fun. Many of the diagrams have been retained, but some have been redrawn and new ones added. Weare pleased to acknowledge the patience and artistic skills of Mrs Lindsay J. Wilson in producing these. Some coloured plates have also been introduced from photographs taken by H.J .H.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction2 Growth and nutrition -- 3 Zygomycotina and Mastigomycotina -- 4 Ascomycotina -- 5 Basidiomycotina -- 6 Deuteromycotina -- 7 Dispersal in fungi -- 8 Fungal genetics -- 9 Ecology of saprotrophic fungi -- 10 Fungi as plant pathogens -- 11 Fungi as mutualistic symbionts -- 12 Fungi and human affairs -- Further reading: Books on fungi.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 31
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401118682
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Sampling the Egg Population2 Sampling the Larval Population -- 3 Sampling the Adult Resting Population -- 4 Sampling Adults with Non-Attractant Traps -- 5 Sampling Adults by Animal Bait Catches and by Animal-Baited Traps -- 6 Sampling Adults with Carbon Dioxide Traps, Light-Traps, Visual Attraction Traps and Sound Traps -- 7 Sampling the Emerging Adult Population -- 8 Experimental Hut Techniques for Evaluating Insecticides -- 9 Mark-Recapture Techniques and Adult Dispersal -- 10 Estimation of the Mortalities of the Immature Stages and Adults -- 11 Indices of Association between Species and Species Diversity -- 12 Ecological and Statistical Publications -- Author Index -- Mosquito Species Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 32
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401121323
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1048 p)
    Ausgabe: 10th edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: A -- B -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X -- Y -- Z.
    Kurzfassung: This edition of over 60 000 entries, including significantly more than 20% new or revised material, not only updates its predecessor but also continues the policy of extending coverage to areas dealt with only sparsely in previous editions. Special attention has been paid to the Far East, Australasia and Latin America in general, and to the People's Republic of China in particular. The cross-referencing between a defunct organization and its successor (indicated by ex and now) introduced into the last edition, has been extended. Otherwise the policies adopted in previous editions have been retained. All kinds of organizations are included - international, national, governmental, individual, large or small - but strictly local organizations have been omitted. The subject scope includes activities of all kinds, in the fields of commerce and industry, education, law, politics, public administration, religion, recreation, medicine, science and technology. The country of origin of a national organization is given in brackets, unless it is the home country of the title language or can be deduced readily from the title itself. Acronyms of parent bodies of subsidiary organizations are also added in brackets. Equivalences are used to link acronyms in different languages for the same organization. A select bibliography guides the reader to specialist works providing more detailed information.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 33
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401115049
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1: Information management -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Spatial data systems -- 1.3 Decision making -- 1.4 Organisations and their objectives -- 1.5 The management of information -- 1.6 Information networks -- 1.7 Information systems -- 1.8 Geo-information systems -- 1.9 Spatial decision support systems -- 2: Data for geo-information systems -- 2.1 Data into information -- 2.2 Describing geographic location -- 2.3 Objects and hierarchies -- 2.4 Maps and cartographic representation -- 2.5 Considerations in using maps -- 2.6 Map-based geo-information systems -- 2.7 Data derived from spatial analysis -- 2.8 Address-based spatial information -- 2.9 Postcodes -- 2.10 Other spatial datasets -- 2.11 Attribute data -- 2.12 Metadata -- 3: Geo-information databases -- 3.1 Choosing the right data structure -- 3.2 Data structures and data models -- 3.3 Spatial data models -- 3.4 Spatial data structures -- 3.5 Problems of three dimensional data -- 3.6 Temporal data model -- 3.7 Database management systems -- 3.8 Physical and logical database design -- 3.9 DBMS structures -- 3.10 Standard query language (SQL) -- 3.11 Object-oriented databases -- 4: Integrated approaches to GIS -- 4.1 Benefits of information integration -- 4.2 Integrated data models -- 4.3 Information networks -- 4.4 Integration with existing databases -- 4.5 Open systems environment -- 4.6 Integration frameworks -- 4.7 Corporate solutions -- 4.8 Organisational issues -- 4.9 Implementation strategies -- 4.10 Benefits and costs -- 5: Low cost spatial information systems -- 5.1 Low cost strategies -- 5.2 Development of the microcomputer -- 5.3 Availability of software -- 5.4 Developing technologies -- 5.5 Stand alone solutions -- 5.6 Network solutions -- 5.7 Data availability -- 5.8 Human resourcing issues -- 5.9 Implementation issues -- 5.10 Low cost GIS users -- 6: Copyright and legal issues -- 6.1 Who owns the data? -- 6.2 Law related to information -- 6.3 Access to information -- 6.4 Data ownership and copyright -- 6.5 Added value information -- 6.6 Liability and GIS -- 6.7 Accuracy of information -- 6.8 Inappropriate map usage -- 6.9 Data availability and government policy -- 7: Standards for spatial information -- 7.1 The role of standards -- 7.2 Standards organisations -- 7.3 Data transfer standards -- 7.4 UK National Transfer Format -- 7.5 US Spatial Data Transfer Standard -- 7.6 DIGEST -- 7.7 ASRP Raster Standard -- 7.8 Other standards -- 7.9 Importance of standards -- 8: Analysis functions in GIS -- 8.1 Analysis in GIS -- 8.2 Manipulation versus analysis -- 8.3 Query and manipulation in integrated solutions -- 8.4 Statistical analysis -- 8.5 Modelling of spatial data -- 8.6 Models for managing derived data -- 8.7 Metadatabases and data dictionaries -- 8.8 Developing operating procedures for analytical processes -- 9: Graphical user interfaces -- 9.1 Human-computer interface -- 9.2 User-friendly GIS -- 9.3 Generic interface types -- 9.4 User interfaces for decision support systems -- 9.5 GIS-independent user interfaces -- 9.6 Specific applications of graphical user interfaces -- 9.7 Issues of communication -- 9.8 Help facilities -- 10: Visualisation -- 10.1 Cartographic visualisation -- 10.2 Perception and patterns -- 10.3 Map design issues -- 10.4 Colour and symbolisation -- 10.5 Typology and text placement -- 10.6 Interactive map specifications -- 10.7 Scientific visualisation -- 10.8 Terrain representation -- 10.9 Three dimensional visualisation -- 10.10 Perspective cartography -- 10.11 Visualisaton of temporal information -- 10.12 Virtual reality -- 11: Image-based spatial information systems -- 11.1 Image-based information systems -- 11.2 Vertical aerial photography -- 11.3 Photogrammetric data collection -- 11.4 Recent technical advances -- 11.5 Photo interpretation -- 11.6 Orthophotos -- 11.7 Digital photogrammetry -- 11.8 Seamless aerial photography -- 11.9 Changing role of aerial photography in GIS -- 11.10 Remote sensing -- 11.11 Image analysis -- 11.12 Role of remote sensing -- 11.13 Integrated image-based systems -- 12: Multimedia and hypermaps -- 12.1 The multimedia concept -- 12.2 Multimedia data -- 12.3 Digital video -- 12.4 Sound -- 12.5 Animation -- 12.6 Hypertext concept -- 12.7 Hyperdocuments -- 12.8 Hypertext user interfaces -- 12.9 Hypermaps -- 12.10 Cartographic representation in multimedia -- 12.11 Integrated geo-based multimedia solutions -- Appendix A: Acronyms -- Appendix B: A summary of the main GIS and related software that has been developed for microcomputers.
    Kurzfassung: This book was inspired by the revolution in geographical information systems during the late 1970s and 1980s which introduced to many the concept of computer-based information systems for spatially referenced data. The map, the aerial photograph and the satellite image were wedded to a database of textual information through the rapidly developing technology of powerful graphics workstations. This brought the skills of the geographer to a wide range of disciplines and specialists. But this book is not about the basic concepts of geographical information systems themselves. It is not about hardware or software per se, nor the integral concepts of geo-referenced data handling built into such systems; these are to be found in a growing number of introductory texts on the subject. Instead the focus of this book is on of geo-information management. the much wider issues While an understanding of the systems, their capabilities and limitations is necessary, of greater importance to the long term application of geographical understanding to problem solving is the wider context of information handling. Spatial data are becoming increasingly important in understanding the issues that confront the world. Chapter 1 is a discussion of the general issues which relate to management and information systems. It concludes with review of spatial decision support systems which are of increasing importance to the GIS community.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1: Information management1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Spatial data systems -- 1.3 Decision making -- 1.4 Organisations and their objectives -- 1.5 The management of information -- 1.6 Information networks -- 1.7 Information systems -- 1.8 Geo-information systems -- 1.9 Spatial decision support systems -- 2: Data for geo-information systems -- 2.1 Data into information -- 2.2 Describing geographic location -- 2.3 Objects and hierarchies -- 2.4 Maps and cartographic representation -- 2.5 Considerations in using maps -- 2.6 Map-based geo-information systems -- 2.7 Data derived from spatial analysis -- 2.8 Address-based spatial information -- 2.9 Postcodes -- 2.10 Other spatial datasets -- 2.11 Attribute data -- 2.12 Metadata -- 3: Geo-information databases -- 3.1 Choosing the right data structure -- 3.2 Data structures and data models -- 3.3 Spatial data models -- 3.4 Spatial data structures -- 3.5 Problems of three dimensional data -- 3.6 Temporal data model -- 3.7 Database management systems -- 3.8 Physical and logical database design -- 3.9 DBMS structures -- 3.10 Standard query language (SQL) -- 3.11 Object-oriented databases -- 4: Integrated approaches to GIS -- 4.1 Benefits of information integration -- 4.2 Integrated data models -- 4.3 Information networks -- 4.4 Integration with existing databases -- 4.5 Open systems environment -- 4.6 Integration frameworks -- 4.7 Corporate solutions -- 4.8 Organisational issues -- 4.9 Implementation strategies -- 4.10 Benefits and costs -- 5: Low cost spatial information systems -- 5.1 Low cost strategies -- 5.2 Development of the microcomputer -- 5.3 Availability of software -- 5.4 Developing technologies -- 5.5 Stand alone solutions -- 5.6 Network solutions -- 5.7 Data availability -- 5.8 Human resourcing issues -- 5.9 Implementation issues -- 5.10 Low cost GIS users -- 6: Copyright and legal issues -- 6.1 Who owns the data? -- 6.2 Law related to information -- 6.3 Access to information -- 6.4 Data ownership and copyright -- 6.5 Added value information -- 6.6 Liability and GIS -- 6.7 Accuracy of information -- 6.8 Inappropriate map usage -- 6.9 Data availability and government policy -- 7: Standards for spatial information -- 7.1 The role of standards -- 7.2 Standards organisations -- 7.3 Data transfer standards -- 7.4 UK National Transfer Format -- 7.5 US Spatial Data Transfer Standard -- 7.6 DIGEST -- 7.7 ASRP Raster Standard -- 7.8 Other standards -- 7.9 Importance of standards -- 8: Analysis functions in GIS -- 8.1 Analysis in GIS -- 8.2 Manipulation versus analysis -- 8.3 Query and manipulation in integrated solutions -- 8.4 Statistical analysis -- 8.5 Modelling of spatial data -- 8.6 Models for managing derived data -- 8.7 Metadatabases and data dictionaries -- 8.8 Developing operating procedures for analytical processes -- 9: Graphical user interfaces -- 9.1 Human-computer interface -- 9.2 User-friendly GIS -- 9.3 Generic interface types -- 9.4 User interfaces for decision support systems -- 9.5 GIS-independent user interfaces -- 9.6 Specific applications of graphical user interfaces -- 9.7 Issues of communication -- 9.8 Help facilities -- 10: Visualisation -- 10.1 Cartographic visualisation -- 10.2 Perception and patterns -- 10.3 Map design issues -- 10.4 Colour and symbolisation -- 10.5 Typology and text placement -- 10.6 Interactive map specifications -- 10.7 Scientific visualisation -- 10.8 Terrain representation -- 10.9 Three dimensional visualisation -- 10.10 Perspective cartography -- 10.11 Visualisaton of temporal information -- 10.12 Virtual reality -- 11: Image-based spatial information systems -- 11.1 Image-based information systems -- 11.2 Vertical aerial photography -- 11.3 Photogrammetric data collection -- 11.4 Recent technical advances -- 11.5 Photo interpretation -- 11.6 Orthophotos -- 11.7 Digital photogrammetry -- 11.8 Seamless aerial photography -- 11.9 Changing role of aerial photography in GIS -- 11.10 Remote sensing -- 11.11 Image analysis -- 11.12 Role of remote sensing -- 11.13 Integrated image-based systems -- 12: Multimedia and hypermaps -- 12.1 The multimedia concept -- 12.2 Multimedia data -- 12.3 Digital video -- 12.4 Sound -- 12.5 Animation -- 12.6 Hypertext concept -- 12.7 Hyperdocuments -- 12.8 Hypertext user interfaces -- 12.9 Hypermaps -- 12.10 Cartographic representation in multimedia -- 12.11 Integrated geo-based multimedia solutions -- Appendix A: Acronyms -- Appendix B: A summary of the main GIS and related software that has been developed for microcomputers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 34
    ISBN: 9789401115742
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introductory concepts1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Range of applications -- 1.3 Types of data -- 1.4 Known constants and parameters -- 1.5 Assumptions -- 1.6 Fundamental concept -- 1.7 Detection -- 1.8 History of methods -- 1.9 Program DISTANCE -- 2 Assumptions and modelling philosophy -- 2.1 Assumptions -- 2.2 Fundamental models -- 2.3 Philosophy and strategy -- 2.4 Robust models -- 2.5 Some analysis guidelines -- 3 Statistical theory -- 3.1 General formula -- 3.2 Hazard-rate modelling of the detection process -- 3.3 The key function formulation for distance data -- 3.4 Maximum likelihood methods -- 3.5 Choice of model -- 3.6 Estimation for clustered populations -- 3.7 Density, variance and interval estimation -- 3.8 Stratification and covariates -- 4 Line transects -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Example data -- 4.3 Truncation -- 4.4 Estimating the variance in sample size -- 4.5 Analysis of grouped or ungrouped data -- 4.6 Model selection -- 4.7 Estimation of density and measures of precision -- 4.8 Estimation when the objects are in clusters -- 4.9 Assumptions -- 4.10 Summary -- 5 Point transects -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Example data -- 5.3 Truncation -- 5.4 Estimating the variance in sample size -- 5.5 Analysis of grouped or ungrouped data -- 5.6 Model selection -- 5.7 Estimation of density and measures of precision -- 5.8 Estimation when the objects are in clusters -- 5.9 Assumptions -- 5.10 Summary -- 6 Extensions and related work -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Other models -- 6.3 Modelling variation in encounter rate and cluster size -- 6.4 Estimation of the probability of detection on the line or point -- 6.5 On the concept of detection search effort -- 6.6 Fixed versus random sample size -- 6.7 Efficient simulation of distance data -- 6.8 Thoughts about a full likelihood approach -- 6.9 Distance sampling in three dimensions -- 6.10 Cue counting -- 6.11 Trapping webs -- 6.12 Migration counts -- 6.13 Point-to-object and nearest neighbour methods -- 7 Study design and field methods -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Survey design -- 7.3 Searching behaviour -- 7.4 Measurements -- 7.5 Training observers -- 7.6 Field methods for mobile objects -- 7.7 Field methods when detection on the centerline is not certain -- 7.8 Field comparisons between line transects, point transects and mapping censuses -- 7.9 Summary -- 8 Illustrative examples -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Lake Huron brick data -- 8.3 Wooden stake data -- 8.4 Studies of nest density -- 8.5 Fin whale abundance in the North Atlantic -- 8.6 Use of tuna vessel observer data to assess trends in abundance of dolphins -- 8.7 House wren densities in South Platte River bottomland -- 8.8 Songbird surveys in Arapaho National Wildlife Refuge -- 8.9 Assessing the effects of habitat on density -- Appendix A List of common and scientific names cited -- Appendix B Notation and abbreviations, and their definitions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 35
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401130820
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 327 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. What is eutrophication? -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Definition and origin of the term eutrophication -- 1.3 Links between eutrophication, biological changes and productivity in lakes -- 1.4 Eutrophication as a natural part of lake succession -- 1.5 Extent of artificial eutrophication -- 1.6 Eutrophication in rivers, estuaries and coastal waters -- 1.7 Measurement of eutrophication -- 2. The nutrients causing eutrophication, and their sources -- 2.1 The requirements of living cells for survival and growth -- 2.2 The important limiting nutrients -- 2.3 The supply of nitrogen and phosphorus to lakes -- 2.4 Relative importance of diffuse and point sources in catchments -- 2.5 Global aspects of nutrient runoff -- 2.6 Methods for estimating the magnitude of nutrient losses from catchments -- 3. The biochemical manifestations of eutrophication -- 3.1 The components of nutrient cycles in aquatic systems -- 3.2 The ultimate sinks of inflowing nitrogen and phosphorus -- 3.3 Changes in the cycles which occur as a consequence of enhanced nutrient inputs -- 3.4 The importance of the littoral zone in nutrient cycles -- 3.5 Seasonal patterns of nitrogen and phosphorus cycles in lakes -- 3.6 Important features of nutrient transformations in rivers and estuaries -- 4. The biological effects of eutrophication -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Production and species changes of algae and rnacrophytes -- 4.3 Effects of eutrophication upon rnacrophytes and attached algae -- 4.4 Production and species changes in zooplankton -- 4.5 Production and species changes of zoobenthos -- 4.6 Effects of eutrophication on fish and other vertebrates -- 4.7 Aquatic food-web considerations -- 4.8 Wider implications for wildlife and conservation -- 5. The engineering, economic and social effects of eutrophication -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Water supply -- 5.3 Fisheries management -- 5.4 Land drainage and weed control in rivers -- 5.5 Wildlife conservation -- 5.6 Public health hazards and nuisances -- 5.7 Other recreational aspects -- 6. Prediction and modelling of the causes and effects of eutrophication -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Experimental approaches to measures of eutrophication effects -- 6.3 The application of models in eutrophication assessment and prediction -- 6.4 Caution in the use of regression equations -- 6.5 Lake classification based on correlations and large data sets -- 6.6 Other lake classification indices -- 6.7 Dynamic models of lake ecosystems -- 6.8 Prediction without models -- 7. The reduction of causes and the management of effects of eutrophication -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Reduction of nutrient inputs to lakes -- 7.3 Evaluation of nutrient control measures -- 7.4 Control of nutrient concentrations within lakes -- 7.5 Management of lakes without nutrient reduction -- 8. A case study in restoration: shallow eutrophic lakes in the Norfolk Broads -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Historical perspective -- 8.3 Eutrophication of the Broads -- 8.4 Mechanisms of change -- 8.5 Effects of change -- 8.6 Restoration of Broadland -- 8.7 Lake sediment as a source of phosphorus -- 8.8 Changes in the storage of phosphorus in lake sediment following phosphorus control -- 8.9 Biological response to reduced nutrient loading -- 8.10 Nutrient reduction by isolation -- 8.11 Sediment removal and lake isolation -- 8.12 Biomanipulation as a restoration technique -- 8.13 The restoration of Broadland in the context of two stable communities -- References.
    Kurzfassung: Eutrophication is a problem which became widely recognised by the scientific community in the 1940s and 1950s. It raised public concern, resulting in increased research effort and expenditure on management techniques through the 1960s and 1970s, recognised as a distinct problem of water pollution, though linked with the more gross effects of organic pollution. In the 1980s it became less fashionable - replaced in the public's eye and the politician's purse by newer problems such as acid rain. It remains however, one of the biggest and most widespread problems of fresh waters, particularly of lakes and an increasing problem for estuaries and coastal waters. It is one with which almost all water scientists and engineers in urbanised areas of the world have to cope. Technical methods for the reversal of eutrophication, such as nutrient removal, have been developed and applied successfully in some instances. They are not widespread however, and where they are feasible, they are often expensive and may be politically difficult to implement. In the last decade, attention has focussed upon less expensive lake manipula­ tion techniques, such as destratification and biomanipulation, which aim to minimise rather than elimininate the detrimental effects of eutrophication. These are becoming more widely applied. Prediction of the potential problems in lakes and catchments which have not yet suffered the full effects of eutrophication is now accurate enough to be of direct benefit to river basin management.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. What is eutrophication?1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Definition and origin of the term eutrophication -- 1.3 Links between eutrophication, biological changes and productivity in lakes -- 1.4 Eutrophication as a natural part of lake succession -- 1.5 Extent of artificial eutrophication -- 1.6 Eutrophication in rivers, estuaries and coastal waters -- 1.7 Measurement of eutrophication -- 2. The nutrients causing eutrophication, and their sources -- 2.1 The requirements of living cells for survival and growth -- 2.2 The important limiting nutrients -- 2.3 The supply of nitrogen and phosphorus to lakes -- 2.4 Relative importance of diffuse and point sources in catchments -- 2.5 Global aspects of nutrient runoff -- 2.6 Methods for estimating the magnitude of nutrient losses from catchments -- 3. The biochemical manifestations of eutrophication -- 3.1 The components of nutrient cycles in aquatic systems -- 3.2 The ultimate sinks of inflowing nitrogen and phosphorus -- 3.3 Changes in the cycles which occur as a consequence of enhanced nutrient inputs -- 3.4 The importance of the littoral zone in nutrient cycles -- 3.5 Seasonal patterns of nitrogen and phosphorus cycles in lakes -- 3.6 Important features of nutrient transformations in rivers and estuaries -- 4. The biological effects of eutrophication -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Production and species changes of algae and rnacrophytes -- 4.3 Effects of eutrophication upon rnacrophytes and attached algae -- 4.4 Production and species changes in zooplankton -- 4.5 Production and species changes of zoobenthos -- 4.6 Effects of eutrophication on fish and other vertebrates -- 4.7 Aquatic food-web considerations -- 4.8 Wider implications for wildlife and conservation -- 5. The engineering, economic and social effects of eutrophication -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Water supply -- 5.3 Fisheries management -- 5.4 Land drainage and weed control in rivers -- 5.5 Wildlife conservation -- 5.6 Public health hazards and nuisances -- 5.7 Other recreational aspects -- 6. Prediction and modelling of the causes and effects of eutrophication -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Experimental approaches to measures of eutrophication effects -- 6.3 The application of models in eutrophication assessment and prediction -- 6.4 Caution in the use of regression equations -- 6.5 Lake classification based on correlations and large data sets -- 6.6 Other lake classification indices -- 6.7 Dynamic models of lake ecosystems -- 6.8 Prediction without models -- 7. The reduction of causes and the management of effects of eutrophication -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Reduction of nutrient inputs to lakes -- 7.3 Evaluation of nutrient control measures -- 7.4 Control of nutrient concentrations within lakes -- 7.5 Management of lakes without nutrient reduction -- 8. A case study in restoration: shallow eutrophic lakes in the Norfolk Broads -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Historical perspective -- 8.3 Eutrophication of the Broads -- 8.4 Mechanisms of change -- 8.5 Effects of change -- 8.6 Restoration of Broadland -- 8.7 Lake sediment as a source of phosphorus -- 8.8 Changes in the storage of phosphorus in lake sediment following phosphorus control -- 8.9 Biological response to reduced nutrient loading -- 8.10 Nutrient reduction by isolation -- 8.11 Sediment removal and lake isolation -- 8.12 Biomanipulation as a restoration technique -- 8.13 The restoration of Broadland in the context of two stable communities -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 36
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401176910
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Ninth Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Economic Aspects of the Chemical Industry2 Pollution Prevention and Waste Minimization -- 3 Industrial Wastewater and Hazardous Materials Treatment Technology -- 4 Applied Statistical Methods and the Chemical Industry -- 5 Safety Considerations in the Chemical Process Industries -- 6 Managing an Emergency Preparedness Program -- 7 Wood and Wood Products -- 8 Animal and Vegetable Fats, Oils and Waxes -- 9 Sugar and Other Sweeteners -- 10 Phosphorus and Phosphates -- 11 Fertilizers -- 12 Salt, Chlor-Alkali, and Related Heavy Chemicals -- 13 Industrial Gases -- 14 Sulfur and Sulfuric Acid -- 15 Petroleum and Its Products -- 16 Natural Gas -- 17 Coal Technology -- 18 Rubber -- 19 Synthetic Resins and Plastics -- 20 The Chemistry of Structural Adhesives -- 21 Manufactured Textile Fibers -- 22 Synthetic Organic Chemicals -- 23 Dye Application, Manufacture of Dye Intermediates and Dyes -- 24 Industrial Fermentation: Principles, Processes, and Products -- 25 The Pharmaceutical Industry -- 26 Soap, Fatty Acids, and Synthetic Detergents -- 27 Pigments, Paints, Polymer Coatings, Varnishes, Lacquers, and Printing Inks -- 28 Synthetic Nitrogen Products -- 29 The Agrochemical Industry -- 30 Chemical Explosives and Rocket Propellants -- 31 The Nuclear Industry.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 37
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401122948
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 255 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Sixth Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: Systems of units -- The Dictionary A-Z -- Appendices -- A. Fundamental physical constants -- B. Standardization committees and conferences -- C. Tables of weights and measures -- D. Conversion tables -- E. Conversion factors for SI and CGS units -- References.
    Kurzfassung: units have been included. References, which now number approximately 650, have been brought up to date. The most recently accepted values of the physical constants have been provided. Our thanks go to all those who, since the fifth edition, have helped in this revision by suggestions. In particular the authors express their gratitude to Jane M. Jerrard who, with enthusiasm, put the text into a computer and eliminated the editorial scissors and paste and simplified the onerous and long task of producing a text from the fragmented material of the revision. In the preface to the fifth edition it was suggested that the book provided at that time the most complete and up-to-date information of its kind available. The authors again make the same claim for this sixth edition. H. G. JERRARD D. B. McNEILL Warsash Newtownards Southampton Northern Ireland England Preface to the first edition The intense specialization that occurs in science today has meant that scientists working in one field are often not familiar with the nomenclature used by their colleagues in other fields. This is particularly so in physics. This dictionary is designed to help overcome this difficulty by giving information about the units, dimensionless numbers and scales which have been used, or are still being used, throughout the world. Some four hundred entries are provided and these are supplemented by about five hundred references. The definition of each entry is given together with relevant historical facts.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Systems of unitsThe Dictionary A-Z -- Appendices -- A. Fundamental physical constants -- B. Standardization committees and conferences -- C. Tables of weights and measures -- D. Conversion tables -- E. Conversion factors for SI and CGS units -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 38
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401123068
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 224 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Mars in the Solar System -- 1.1 The orbit and movements of Mars -- 1.2 Dimensions and mass -- 1.3 The Martian seasons -- 1.4 The pattern of discovery -- 1.5 Albedo markings -- 2 Spacecraft Exploration Of The Red Planet -- 2.1 Early Mars missions -- 2.2 Mariner 9 -- 2.3 Soviet Mars exploration -- 2.4 The Viking missions -- 2.5 The Soviet Phobos mission -- 3 The Present Face of Mars -- 3.1 The topography of Mars -- 3.2 Physiographic provinces -- 3.3 Thermal inertia mapping -- 3.4 The stratigraphy of Mars -- 3.5 Summary -- 4 The Atmosphere and Weather -- 4.1 The composition of the atmosphere -- 4.2 Atmospheric pressure variations -- 4.3 Isotopic abundances in the atmosphere -- 4.4 Atmospheric circulation pattern -- 4.5 Clouds -- 5 The Interior of Mars -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The figure and gravity of Mars -- 5.3 Internal density profile -- 5.4 Composition of the interior -- 5.5 Differentiation of the Martian crust -- 6 The Ancient Cratered Terrain -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Martian cratering record -- 6.3 Martian impact basins -- 6.4 Morphology of impact craters -- 6.5 Crater ejecta morphology -- 6.6 Channelling on the cratered plateau -- 6.7 Intercrater plains -- 6.8 Volcanoes of the cratered plateau -- 6.9 The geological story as revealed by the upland rocks -- 7 The Central Volcanoes of Mars -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Volcano distribution -- 7.3 Classification of volcano types -- 7.4 Volcano ages -- 7.5 Highland paterae -- 7.6 Shield volcanoes and paterae -- 7.7 Martian shields -- 7.8 Older Tharsis volcanoes -- 7.9 Alba Patera -- 7.10 The shield volcanoes of Elysium -- 7.11 Apollinaris Patera -- 7.12 Central volcanism on Mars -- 8 The Plains of Mars -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Noachian and Early Hesperian plains -- 8.3 Hesperian-age flow plains -- 8.4 The Medusae Fossae plains -- 8.5 Tempe Terra plains province -- 8.6 Volcanic plains of Amazonian age -- 8.7 Plains deposits of Hellas -- 8.8 The northern plains -- 8.9 Plains and major resurfacing events in Martian history -- 9 The Equatorial Canyons -- 9.1 General features of Valles Marineris -- 9.2 Details of canyon physiography -- 9.3 General form of canyon walls -- 9.4 Wall retreat and landslide deposits -- 9.5 Wall retreat - tributary canyon development -- 9.6 Interior deposits -- 9.7 Formation of the canyon system -- 10 Martian Channels and Chaotic Terrain -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Valley networks in the ancient cratered terrain -- 10.3 Outflow channels -- 10.4 Fretted channels -- 10.5 Chaotic terrain -- 11 The Polar Regions, Wind And Volatile Activity -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Nature of the polar caps -- 11.3 Laminated polar deposits -- 11.4 High-latitude plains and dune fields -- 11.5 Wind activity on Mars -- 12 The Geological History of Mars -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The tectonic history of Mars -- 12.3 The evolution of Tharsis -- 12.4 Some final thoughts concerning Tharsis -- 12.5 The crustal dichotomy -- 12.6 The geological development of Mars -- 12.7 Climatic and volatile history -- 13 The Next Steps -- 13.1 Future Mars missions -- 13.2 Climate and the search for life -- 13.3 Epilogue -- Appendices -- A Astronomical Data -- B Phobos and Deimos -- C Model Chronologies for Mars -- D Stratigraphy of Martian Geological Features and Units.
    Kurzfassung: As I write this short preface, the red orb of Mars is high in the eastern sky, and is brighter than it has been for many years. Last night my telescope again revealed the strange polar hood which is a feature of the planet at this time in its cycle. Because of its current prominence in the night sky, it is a very appropriate time to bring together and reappraise what we know of Mars and look forward to the next wave of planetary exploration. The initial notion of writing a book about Mars is an exciting one; the practicalities involved in working through and completing the project are, however, more than a trifle exacting. The first problem I encountered was the sheer vastness of the library of information about Mars which now exists. The second was the natural extension of the first, that is, how best to analyse it and reach widely acceptable interpretations. I have tried to write the story of Mars in a logical and unbiased way, however, we all have our individual prejudices, and I would be less than truthful if I did not admit to personal bias here and there. With this in mind, I apologise to any authors who may feel either misinterpreted or less than adequately acknowledged. The project is now completed and has been superbly prepared by Chapman & Hall.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Mars in the Solar System1.1 The orbit and movements of Mars -- 1.2 Dimensions and mass -- 1.3 The Martian seasons -- 1.4 The pattern of discovery -- 1.5 Albedo markings -- 2 Spacecraft Exploration Of The Red Planet -- 2.1 Early Mars missions -- 2.2 Mariner 9 -- 2.3 Soviet Mars exploration -- 2.4 The Viking missions -- 2.5 The Soviet Phobos mission -- 3 The Present Face of Mars -- 3.1 The topography of Mars -- 3.2 Physiographic provinces -- 3.3 Thermal inertia mapping -- 3.4 The stratigraphy of Mars -- 3.5 Summary -- 4 The Atmosphere and Weather -- 4.1 The composition of the atmosphere -- 4.2 Atmospheric pressure variations -- 4.3 Isotopic abundances in the atmosphere -- 4.4 Atmospheric circulation pattern -- 4.5 Clouds -- 5 The Interior of Mars -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The figure and gravity of Mars -- 5.3 Internal density profile -- 5.4 Composition of the interior -- 5.5 Differentiation of the Martian crust -- 6 The Ancient Cratered Terrain -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Martian cratering record -- 6.3 Martian impact basins -- 6.4 Morphology of impact craters -- 6.5 Crater ejecta morphology -- 6.6 Channelling on the cratered plateau -- 6.7 Intercrater plains -- 6.8 Volcanoes of the cratered plateau -- 6.9 The geological story as revealed by the upland rocks -- 7 The Central Volcanoes of Mars -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Volcano distribution -- 7.3 Classification of volcano types -- 7.4 Volcano ages -- 7.5 Highland paterae -- 7.6 Shield volcanoes and paterae -- 7.7 Martian shields -- 7.8 Older Tharsis volcanoes -- 7.9 Alba Patera -- 7.10 The shield volcanoes of Elysium -- 7.11 Apollinaris Patera -- 7.12 Central volcanism on Mars -- 8 The Plains of Mars -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Noachian and Early Hesperian plains -- 8.3 Hesperian-age flow plains -- 8.4 The Medusae Fossae plains -- 8.5 Tempe Terra plains province -- 8.6 Volcanic plains of Amazonian age -- 8.7 Plains deposits of Hellas -- 8.8 The northern plains -- 8.9 Plains and major resurfacing events in Martian history -- 9 The Equatorial Canyons -- 9.1 General features of Valles Marineris -- 9.2 Details of canyon physiography -- 9.3 General form of canyon walls -- 9.4 Wall retreat and landslide deposits -- 9.5 Wall retreat - tributary canyon development -- 9.6 Interior deposits -- 9.7 Formation of the canyon system -- 10 Martian Channels and Chaotic Terrain -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Valley networks in the ancient cratered terrain -- 10.3 Outflow channels -- 10.4 Fretted channels -- 10.5 Chaotic terrain -- 11 The Polar Regions, Wind And Volatile Activity -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Nature of the polar caps -- 11.3 Laminated polar deposits -- 11.4 High-latitude plains and dune fields -- 11.5 Wind activity on Mars -- 12 The Geological History of Mars -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The tectonic history of Mars -- 12.3 The evolution of Tharsis -- 12.4 Some final thoughts concerning Tharsis -- 12.5 The crustal dichotomy -- 12.6 The geological development of Mars -- 12.7 Climatic and volatile history -- 13 The Next Steps -- 13.1 Future Mars missions -- 13.2 Climate and the search for life -- 13.3 Epilogue -- Appendices -- A Astronomical Data -- B Phobos and Deimos -- C Model Chronologies for Mars -- D Stratigraphy of Martian Geological Features and Units.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 39
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131285
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (viii, 421 p) , ill
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: One Systems -- 1 Overview of manufacturing systems analysis in the technological age -- 2 Systems concepts -- Two Manufacturing -- 3 A conceptual model of a manufacturing system -- Three Systems Engineering -- 4 The general systems approach to problem-solving -- 5 Computer simulation in manufacturing systems analysis -- Four Manufacturing Systems -- 6 A design and evaluation methodology of manufacturing systems -- Appendices -- A Survey of traditional and current methods used for production planning and control of manufacturing systems -- A.1 Overview of production planning and control -- A.2 Traditional methodologies -- A.3 Integrated production planning and control -- A.4 Conclusion -- B Sample company document defining the system requirements for the control of supplies and services -- B.1 Introduction -- B.2 Objective -- B.3 Requirement of quality system -- C The PCModel instruction set -- C.1 Object movement -- C.2 Routeing control -- C.3 Arithmetic operation -- C.4 Data input/output -- References.
    Kurzfassung: A technological book is written and published for one of two reasons: it either renders some other book in the same field obsolete or breaks new ground in the sense that a gap is filled. The present book aims to do the latter. On my return from industry to an academic career, I started writing this book because I had seen that a gap existed. Although a great deal of information appeared in the published literature about various technical aspects of advanced manufacturing technology (AMT), surprisingly little had been written about the systems con­ text within which the sophisticated hardware and software of AMT are utilized to increase efficiency. Therefore, I have attempted in this book to show how structured approaches in the design and evaluation of modern manufacturing plant may be adopted, with the objective of improving the performance of the factory as a whole. I hope this book will be a contribution to the newly recognized, multidisciplinary engineering function known as manufacturing sys­ tems engineering. The text has been designed specifically to demonstrate the systems aspects of modern manufacturing operations, including: systems con­ cepts of manufacturing operation; manufacturing systems modelling and evalua­ tion; and the structured design of manufacturing systems~ One of the major difficulties associated with writing a text of this nature stems from the diversity of the topics involved. I have attempted to solve this problem by adopting an overall framework into which the relevant topics are fitted.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: One Systems1 Overview of manufacturing systems analysis in the technological age -- 2 Systems concepts -- Two Manufacturing -- 3 A conceptual model of a manufacturing system -- Three Systems Engineering -- 4 The general systems approach to problem-solving -- 5 Computer simulation in manufacturing systems analysis -- Four Manufacturing Systems -- 6 A design and evaluation methodology of manufacturing systems -- Appendices -- A Survey of traditional and current methods used for production planning and control of manufacturing systems -- A.1 Overview of production planning and control -- A.2 Traditional methodologies -- A.3 Integrated production planning and control -- A.4 Conclusion -- B Sample company document defining the system requirements for the control of supplies and services -- B.1 Introduction -- B.2 Objective -- B.3 Requirement of quality system -- C The PCModel instruction set -- C.1 Object movement -- C.2 Routeing control -- C.3 Arithmetic operation -- C.4 Data input/output -- References.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 40
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401129206
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 309 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Serie: Environmental Management Series
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Descriptive Statistical Techniques -- 2 Environmetric Methods of Nonstationary Time-Series Analysis: Univaraute Methods -- 3 Regression and Correlation -- 4 Factor and Correlation Analysis of Multivariate Environmental Data -- 5 Errors and Detection Limits -- 6 Visual Representation of Data Including Graphical Exploratory Data Analysis -- 7 Quality Assurance for Environmental Assessment Activities.
    Kurzfassung: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERIES The current expansion of both public and scientific interest in environ­ mental issues has not been accompanied by a commensurate production of adequate books, and those which are available are widely variable in approach and depth. The Environmental Management Series has been established with a view to co-ordinating a series of volumes dealing with each topic within the field in some depth. It is hoped that this Series will provide a uniform and quality coverage and that, over a period of years, it will build up to form a library of reference books covering most of the major topics within this diverse field. It is envisaged that the books will be of single, or dual authorship, or edited volumes as appropriate for respective topics. The level of presentation will be advanced, the books being aimed primarily at a research/consultancy readership. The coverage will include all aspects of environmental science and engineering pertinent to manage­ ment and monitoring of the natural and man-modified environment, as well as topics dealing with the political. t:conomic, legal and social con­ siderations pertaining to environmental management.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Descriptive Statistical Techniques2 Environmetric Methods of Nonstationary Time-Series Analysis: Univaraute Methods -- 3 Regression and Correlation -- 4 Factor and Correlation Analysis of Multivariate Environmental Data -- 5 Errors and Detection Limits -- 6 Visual Representation of Data Including Graphical Exploratory Data Analysis -- 7 Quality Assurance for Environmental Assessment Activities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 41
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401122665
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 224 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Calendering and embossing -- Calendering -- Embossing -- 2 Coating and laminating -- 3 Drying and curing -- Electron beam -- Hot air -- Infrared -- Radio frequency -- Ultraviolet -- 4 Fabrication -- Binding and print finishing terms -- Cartons and carton styles -- Board definitions -- Cutting and creasing definitions -- Adhesive and adhesion terms -- Miscellaneous items -- 5 Web and sheet operations -- Cutting processes -- Sheeting and sheet transportation -- Web transportation.
    Kurzfassung: The term 'converting' is in widespread use yet there is no general agreement on its precise definition and scope. The converting industry is notoriously diffuse, encompassing wide web coating operations in paper and plastics packaging, trimming, sheeting and the intricate details of high quality bound book production. A bewildering array of jargon is in use, much of it based on customs and practices passed down for several generations and, increasingly, on new terms originating from the USA or mainland Europe. This book aims to satisfy the wishes of many converters for a standard reference work which can be used for education and as an aid to communication. The dictionary gives definitions of terms which may be encountered in any of the diverse group of technologies that is included under the general heading 'converting' which is defined as 'the process of transforming one or more preformed raw materials, usually in web or sheet form, to a state suitable for end use or further processing'. Thus both calendering and coating are included but only with reference to operations which are carried out separately from the paper machine, otherwise known as 'off-machine processes'. Also in­ cluded are methods of production of cartons, books, finished and coated papers, boards and laminates, and many other items of relevance to the paper and board, film, laminating, packaging and allied industries.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Calendering and embossingCalendering -- Embossing -- 2 Coating and laminating -- 3 Drying and curing -- Electron beam -- Hot air -- Infrared -- Radio frequency -- Ultraviolet -- 4 Fabrication -- Binding and print finishing terms -- Cartons and carton styles -- Board definitions -- Cutting and creasing definitions -- Adhesive and adhesion terms -- Miscellaneous items -- 5 Web and sheet operations -- Cutting processes -- Sheeting and sheet transportation -- Web transportation.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 42
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401123747
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIV, 229 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 The baculoviruses -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Isolation and host range -- 1.3 Structure and classification -- 1.4 Baculovirus replication in vivo -- 1.5 Baculovirus replication in vitro -- 1.6 Genetic engineering of baculovirus insecticides -- 2 The development of baculovirus expression vectors -- 2.1 Introduction and historical perspective -- 2.2 The merits of the baculovirus expression system -- 2.3 General principles for inserting foreign genes into the baculovirus genome -- 2.4 Baculovirus transfer vectors -- 2.5 Selection of recombinant viruses -- 3 Processing of foreign proteins synthesized using baculovirus vectors in insect cells -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Glycosylation -- 3.3 Phosphorylation, acylation and amidation -- 3.4 Proteolytic processing -- 3.5 Cellular targeting and secretion -- 3.6 Tertiary and quaternary structure formation -- 3.7 Expression of viral genes -- 3.8 Expression of bacterial and fungal genes -- 3.9 Post-transcriptional processing -- 4 Construction of transfer vectors containing the foreign gene -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Isolation of foreign gene coding sequences -- 4.3 Modifying the ends of DNA molecules -- 4.4 Preparation of the transfer vector -- 4.5 DNA ligations -- 4.6 Transformation of bacteria -- 4.7 Screening for recombinant baculovirus transfer vectors -- 4.8 Analysis of recombinant transfer vectors -- 4.9 Isolation of highly purified plasmid DNA (maxi-preps) -- 5 Insect cell culture media and maintenance of insect cell lines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Cell lines -- 5.3 Culture media -- 5.4 Preparation of culture media -- 5.5 Glassware and disposable plasticware -- 5.6 Insect cell culture -- 5.7 A guide to Sf cell seeding densities for experimental work -- 5.8 Freezing, storage and recovery of insect cells in liquid nitrogen -- 5.9 A guide to adapting cells to serum-free media -- 6 Propagation, titration and purification of AcMNPV in cell culture -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Infection of cells with virus for experimental work -- 6.3 Titration of virus by plaque-assay -- 6.4 Plaque-picking and plaque-purification -- 6.5 Amplification of virus stocks -- 6.6 Large-scale production of virus for the purification of virus particles -- 6.7 Purification of infectious virus DNA -- 6.8 Titration of virus by TCID50 -- 7 Production and selection of recombinant virus -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Preparation of linear AcMNPV.lacZ (or AcMNPV.SC) DNA -- 7.3 Co-transfection of insect cells -- 7.4 Separation of parental and recombinant viruses by plaque-assay -- 7.5 Plaque-purification and amplification of recombinant virus stocks -- 7.6 Amplification and detection of recombinant viruses by limiting dilution and dot-blot hybridization -- 8 Characterization of recombinant viruses -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Analysis of recombinant virus genomes -- 8.3 Analysis of foreign gene expression by polyacrylamide gel electophoresis, using unlabelled or radiolabelled cell proteins -- 8.4 Analysis of recombinant protein synthesis in insect cells using immunological techniques -- 8.5 Analysis of post-translational processing events in insect cells -- 8.6 Analysis of transcription in recombinant virus-infected cells -- 9 Scaling up the production of recombinant protein in insect cells; laboratory bench level -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Large-scale culture of insect cells -- 9.3 The importance of highly infectious virus stocks -- 9.4 Multiplicity of infection -- 9.5 The optimum time to harvest virus-infected cells -- 9.6 Purification of recombinant protein from infected cell cultures -- 10 Propagation of baculoviruses in insect larvae -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Rearing insects in the laboratory -- 10.3 Infection of insect larvae with polyhedra from cell culture -- 10.4 Purification of polyhedra from infected larvae -- 10.5 Bioassays of polyhedra -- 10.6 Purification of virus particles and DNA from polyhedra -- 10.7 Isolation of virus particles from infected larvae to establish infections in cell culture -- 10.8 Preparation of semi-synthetic insect diet -- 11 Trouble-shooting guide -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Insertion of foreign gene coding sequences into transfer vectors -- 11.3 Cell culture -- 11.4 Preparation of virus stocks and infectious DNA -- 11.5 Co-transfections -- 11.6 Baculovirus plaque-assays -- 11.7 Screening for recombinant viruses -- 11.8 Instability of recombinant viruses -- 11.9 Poor yields of recombinant protein -- Appendix A list of selected suppliers -- References.
    Kurzfassung: The decision to write a book about the practical aspects of the baculovirus expression system stems from the numerous phone calls for help we have had, and from the many visitors to our labora­ tories requiring assistance to find the elusive polyhedrin-negative virus containing their favourite gene. We have also organized two expression system workshops and from the manuals we wrote for these, it seemed a logical progression to extend them into book form. We appreciate that those who are 'old-hands' at the baculovirus expression system may have differing views on some of our procedures, but the methods in this book are presented in the light of our own experiences in the laboratory and from our practical workshops, and we hope that the book will be especially useful to those new to the system. The first three chapters give the background information to the baculovirus expression system, and includes advice on how to choose the right transfer vector and discusses the various methods that are available to select recombinant viruses. The practical chapters concentrate on those aspects which are novel to the baculovirus system (insect cell culture, virus amplification and titration, etc. ) and, in general, leave the standard molecular biological techniques to the other excellent laboratory manuals that are available. However, for completeness sake and to avoid constant reference to other manuals, we have included brief details of some standard techniques where they are integral to the success of the baculovirus protocols.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 The baculoviruses1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Isolation and host range -- 1.3 Structure and classification -- 1.4 Baculovirus replication in vivo -- 1.5 Baculovirus replication in vitro -- 1.6 Genetic engineering of baculovirus insecticides -- 2 The development of baculovirus expression vectors -- 2.1 Introduction and historical perspective -- 2.2 The merits of the baculovirus expression system -- 2.3 General principles for inserting foreign genes into the baculovirus genome -- 2.4 Baculovirus transfer vectors -- 2.5 Selection of recombinant viruses -- 3 Processing of foreign proteins synthesized using baculovirus vectors in insect cells -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Glycosylation -- 3.3 Phosphorylation, acylation and amidation -- 3.4 Proteolytic processing -- 3.5 Cellular targeting and secretion -- 3.6 Tertiary and quaternary structure formation -- 3.7 Expression of viral genes -- 3.8 Expression of bacterial and fungal genes -- 3.9 Post-transcriptional processing -- 4 Construction of transfer vectors containing the foreign gene -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Isolation of foreign gene coding sequences -- 4.3 Modifying the ends of DNA molecules -- 4.4 Preparation of the transfer vector -- 4.5 DNA ligations -- 4.6 Transformation of bacteria -- 4.7 Screening for recombinant baculovirus transfer vectors -- 4.8 Analysis of recombinant transfer vectors -- 4.9 Isolation of highly purified plasmid DNA (maxi-preps) -- 5 Insect cell culture media and maintenance of insect cell lines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Cell lines -- 5.3 Culture media -- 5.4 Preparation of culture media -- 5.5 Glassware and disposable plasticware -- 5.6 Insect cell culture -- 5.7 A guide to Sf cell seeding densities for experimental work -- 5.8 Freezing, storage and recovery of insect cells in liquid nitrogen -- 5.9 A guide to adapting cells to serum-free media -- 6 Propagation, titration and purification of AcMNPV in cell culture -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Infection of cells with virus for experimental work -- 6.3 Titration of virus by plaque-assay -- 6.4 Plaque-picking and plaque-purification -- 6.5 Amplification of virus stocks -- 6.6 Large-scale production of virus for the purification of virus particles -- 6.7 Purification of infectious virus DNA -- 6.8 Titration of virus by TCID50 -- 7 Production and selection of recombinant virus -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Preparation of linear AcMNPV.lacZ (or AcMNPV.SC) DNA -- 7.3 Co-transfection of insect cells -- 7.4 Separation of parental and recombinant viruses by plaque-assay -- 7.5 Plaque-purification and amplification of recombinant virus stocks -- 7.6 Amplification and detection of recombinant viruses by limiting dilution and dot-blot hybridization -- 8 Characterization of recombinant viruses -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Analysis of recombinant virus genomes -- 8.3 Analysis of foreign gene expression by polyacrylamide gel electophoresis, using unlabelled or radiolabelled cell proteins -- 8.4 Analysis of recombinant protein synthesis in insect cells using immunological techniques -- 8.5 Analysis of post-translational processing events in insect cells -- 8.6 Analysis of transcription in recombinant virus-infected cells -- 9 Scaling up the production of recombinant protein in insect cells; laboratory bench level -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Large-scale culture of insect cells -- 9.3 The importance of highly infectious virus stocks -- 9.4 Multiplicity of infection -- 9.5 The optimum time to harvest virus-infected cells -- 9.6 Purification of recombinant protein from infected cell cultures -- 10 Propagation of baculoviruses in insect larvae -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Rearing insects in the laboratory -- 10.3 Infection of insect larvae with polyhedra from cell culture -- 10.4 Purification of polyhedra from infected larvae -- 10.5 Bioassays of polyhedra -- 10.6 Purification of virus particles and DNA from polyhedra -- 10.7 Isolation of virus particles from infected larvae to establish infections in cell culture -- 10.8 Preparation of semi-synthetic insect diet -- 11 Trouble-shooting guide -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Insertion of foreign gene coding sequences into transfer vectors -- 11.3 Cell culture -- 11.4 Preparation of virus stocks and infectious DNA -- 11.5 Co-transfections -- 11.6 Baculovirus plaque-assays -- 11.7 Screening for recombinant viruses -- 11.8 Instability of recombinant viruses -- 11.9 Poor yields of recombinant protein -- Appendix A list of selected suppliers -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 43
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401128940
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Sources and Composition of Whey and Permeate -- 2. Whey Processing -- 3. Demineralization -- 4. Whey Utilization -- 5. Whey Cheeses and Beverages -- 6. Ultrafiltration and Manufacture of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 7. Properties of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 8. Whey Protein Recovery and Whey Protein Fractionation.. -- 9. Lactose and Lactose Derivatives -- 10. Lactose Hydrolysis -- 11. Whey and Lactose Fermentation -- 12. Nutritional Aspects.
    Kurzfassung: It would be difficult to imagine a more appropriate means of marking the Jubilee of the Dairy Research Laboratory, Division of Food Processing, CSIRO, than a publication on whey and lactose processing. The genesis of the Laboratory in 1939 was when the Australian dairy industry was very largely based on the supply of cream from farms to numerous butter factories, the skim milk being fed to pigs. By the mid-1940s, when Geof­ frey Loftus-Hills was appointed in charge ofthe fledgling Dairy Research Section, the main objective of the Section-the full utilization of the con­ stituents of milk for human food-had been firmly established. Over the next two decades progress towards this objective was exemplified by the scientific and technological contributions made in specialized milk powders for use in recombining and in the manufacture of casein and cheese. Meanwhile farming practices changed from cream production to the supply of refrigerated whole milk to the factories. By the late 1960s the increasing production of cheese and casein had re­ sulted in almost 2 million tonnes of whey per annum. This represented not only a waste disposal problem, but also under-utilization of over 100000 t of milk solids. The Laboratory had now grown to a staff of around 70, so it was possible to allocate some resources to this extra challenge.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Sources and Composition of Whey and Permeate2. Whey Processing -- 3. Demineralization -- 4. Whey Utilization -- 5. Whey Cheeses and Beverages -- 6. Ultrafiltration and Manufacture of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 7. Properties of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 8. Whey Protein Recovery and Whey Protein Fractionation. -- 9. Lactose and Lactose Derivatives -- 10. Lactose Hydrolysis -- 11. Whey and Lactose Fermentation -- 12. Nutritional Aspects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 44
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401123648
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 398 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 History and development of probiotics -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History -- 1.3 Composition of probiotic preparations -- References -- 2 Bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Methods for studying bacterial interactions -- 2.3 Main types of bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.3 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Metabolic interactions in the gut -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Mammalian intestinal metabolism -- 3.3 Gut bacterial metabolism -- 3.4 Conclusions -- References -- 4 Translocation and the indigenous gut flora -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Defence against bacterial translocation -- 4.3 Bacterial translocation in animal models with multiple deficiencies in host defences -- 4.4 Conclusion -- References -- 5 Gut flora and disease resistance -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Colonization resistance -- 5.3 Suppression of the multiplication of pathogens by the intestinal microflora -- 5.4 Mechanisms responsible for suppression of pathogens -- 5.5 Conclusions -- 5.6 The probiotic concept -- References -- 6 Factors affecting the microecology of the gut -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Definitions -- 6.3 Use of one or a limited number of bacterial strains in probiotic preparations -- 6.4 Ecological considerations -- 6.5 Recommendations for future developments -- References -- 7 Probiotics and the immune state -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of orally administered lactic acid bacteria on immunity: non-specific and specific immune response -- 7.3 Effect of oral administration on the secretory immune system -- 7.4 Effect on the protection against enteric infections -- References -- 8 Genetit manipulation of gut microorganisms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Microbes of potential interest -- 8.3 Molecular genetical studies -- 8.4 Stability of genetic determinants -- 8.5 Possible developments -- 8.6 Release of genetically modified microbes -- 8.7 Conclusions -- References -- 9 Selection of strains for probiotic use -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Aim of this chapter -- 9.3 First steps in the choice of microbial strains -- 9.4 Species and viability of probiotic microorganisms -- 9.5 Processing of viable microorganisms to end-products -- 9.6 Resistance to in vivo conditions -- 9.7 Adherence and colonization -- 9.8 Antimicrobial activity -- 9.9 Gene technology -- 9.10 Conclusion -- References -- 10 Probiotics for chickens -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 The normal intestinal flora of poultry -- 10.3 Host—microbial flora interactions -- 10.4 The application of probiosis to poultry -- 10.5 Lactic acid bacteria as probiotics -- 10.6 Competitive exclusion -- 10.7 Immunity -- 10.8 Bacteriophages -- 10.9 Summary -- References -- 11 Probiotics for pigs -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Special features of pigs relevant to the use of probiotics -- 11.3 Current use of probiotics -- 11.4 Efficacy -- 11.5 Functional characteristics of potential probiotic strains -- 11.6 General discussion -- References -- 12 Probiotics for ruminants -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Probiotics for young ruminants -- 12.3 Fungal feed additives for adult ruminants -- 12.4 Bacterial probiotics for adult ruminants -- 12.5 Future developments -- References -- 13 Probiotics for humans -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Colonization of the gastrointestinal tract -- 13.3 Current use of probiotics -- 13.4 Nutritional benefits of probiotics -- 13.5 Therapeutic benefits of probiotics -- 13.6 More recent developments in the area of probiotics and health -- 13.7 Properties required for probiotics to be effective in nutritional and therapeutic settings -- 13.8 Future development of probiotics for human use -- 13.9 Future applications of probiotics -- 13.10 Techniques for probiotic modification -- References -- 14 Problems and prospects -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Factors affecting the probiotic response -- 14.3 Future developments -- 14.4 Summary -- References.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 History and development of probiotics1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History -- 1.3 Composition of probiotic preparations -- References -- 2 Bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Methods for studying bacterial interactions -- 2.3 Main types of bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.3 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Metabolic interactions in the gut -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Mammalian intestinal metabolism -- 3.3 Gut bacterial metabolism -- 3.4 Conclusions -- References -- 4 Translocation and the indigenous gut flora -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Defence against bacterial translocation -- 4.3 Bacterial translocation in animal models with multiple deficiencies in host defences -- 4.4 Conclusion -- References -- 5 Gut flora and disease resistance -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Colonization resistance -- 5.3 Suppression of the multiplication of pathogens by the intestinal microflora -- 5.4 Mechanisms responsible for suppression of pathogens -- 5.5 Conclusions -- 5.6 The probiotic concept -- References -- 6 Factors affecting the microecology of the gut -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Definitions -- 6.3 Use of one or a limited number of bacterial strains in probiotic preparations -- 6.4 Ecological considerations -- 6.5 Recommendations for future developments -- References -- 7 Probiotics and the immune state -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of orally administered lactic acid bacteria on immunity: non-specific and specific immune response -- 7.3 Effect of oral administration on the secretory immune system -- 7.4 Effect on the protection against enteric infections -- References -- 8 Genetit manipulation of gut microorganisms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Microbes of potential interest -- 8.3 Molecular genetical studies -- 8.4 Stability of genetic determinants -- 8.5 Possible developments -- 8.6 Release of genetically modified microbes -- 8.7 Conclusions -- References -- 9 Selection of strains for probiotic use -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Aim of this chapter -- 9.3 First steps in the choice of microbial strains -- 9.4 Species and viability of probiotic microorganisms -- 9.5 Processing of viable microorganisms to end-products -- 9.6 Resistance to in vivo conditions -- 9.7 Adherence and colonization -- 9.8 Antimicrobial activity -- 9.9 Gene technology -- 9.10 Conclusion -- References -- 10 Probiotics for chickens -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 The normal intestinal flora of poultry -- 10.3 Host-microbial flora interactions -- 10.4 The application of probiosis to poultry -- 10.5 Lactic acid bacteria as probiotics -- 10.6 Competitive exclusion -- 10.7 Immunity -- 10.8 Bacteriophages -- 10.9 Summary -- References -- 11 Probiotics for pigs -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Special features of pigs relevant to the use of probiotics -- 11.3 Current use of probiotics -- 11.4 Efficacy -- 11.5 Functional characteristics of potential probiotic strains -- 11.6 General discussion -- References -- 12 Probiotics for ruminants -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Probiotics for young ruminants -- 12.3 Fungal feed additives for adult ruminants -- 12.4 Bacterial probiotics for adult ruminants -- 12.5 Future developments -- References -- 13 Probiotics for humans -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Colonization of the gastrointestinal tract -- 13.3 Current use of probiotics -- 13.4 Nutritional benefits of probiotics -- 13.5 Therapeutic benefits of probiotics -- 13.6 More recent developments in the area of probiotics and health -- 13.7 Properties required for probiotics to be effective in nutritional and therapeutic settings -- 13.8 Future development of probiotics for human use -- 13.9 Future applications of probiotics -- 13.10 Techniques for probiotic modification -- References -- 14 Problems and prospects -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Factors affecting the probiotic response -- 14.3 Future developments -- 14.4 Summary -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 45
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131209
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (xii, 240 p) , ill
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 2 A simple factorial grazing experiment measured on 27 occasions -- 3 A 3 × 3 factorial with quantitative levels -- 4 Definable within-individual comparisons -- 5 Covariance -- 6 Pre-treatment observations in the design of experiments -- 7 Weighted regression, goodness-of-fit and related topics -- 8 Environmental variables -- 9 Correlation between series of random variables -- 10 Response (reaction) times -- Bibliographical note.
    Kurzfassung: There are many excellent books on general statistical methods in agricul­ tural and biological research. These books cover a broad range of methods without going into detail on specialized topics. A number of topics including regression analysis, design of experiments, biological assay and categorical analysis have received in-depth treatment in specialized texts. Little appears in standard textbooks on experiments in which observations form sequences. The live weights of animals during a long-term experiment provide a familiar example of data forming a sequence, but many others occur: for example, moisture content of segments of soil cores, successive counts of insects in an orchard and hormone levels in blood over a period. Correla­ tions are likely to be found among the observations in all these examples. The book by Goldstein (1979) provided the first systematic coverage of the principles involved in longitudinal studies, but is mainly concerned with observational studies on humans. The main aims of this book are to provide research workers with methods of analysing data from comparative experiments with sequential obser­ vations and to demonstrate special features of the design of such experi­ ments. These aims are achieved by working through sets of data.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction2 A simple factorial grazing experiment measured on 27 occasions -- 3 A 3 × 3 factorial with quantitative levels -- 4 Definable within-individual comparisons -- 5 Covariance -- 6 Pre-treatment observations in the design of experiments -- 7 Weighted regression, goodness-of-fit and related topics -- 8 Environmental variables -- 9 Correlation between series of random variables -- 10 Response (reaction) times -- Bibliographical note.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 46
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401123167
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (xix, 460 p) , ill
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 2 The Wiggler Field and Electron Dynamics -- 3 Incoherent Undulator Radiation -- 4 Coherent Emission: Linear Theory -- 5 Coherent Emission: Nonlinear Theory -- 6 Sideband Instabilities -- 7 Coherent harmonic Radiation -- 8 Optical Guiding -- 9 OScillator Configurations -- 10 Electromagnetic-wave Wigglers -- 11 Chaos in Free-electron Lasers -- Author Index.
    Kurzfassung: At the time that we decided to begin work on this book, several other volumes on the free-electron laser had either been published or were in press. The earliest work of which we were aware was published in 1985 by Dr T. C. Marshall of Columbia University [1]. This book dealt with the full range of research on free-electron lasers, including an overview of the extant experiments. However, the field has matured a great deal since that time and, in our judgement, the time was ripe for a more extensive work which includes the most recent advances in the field. The fundamental work in this field has largely been approached from two distinct and, unfortunately, separate viewpoints. On the one hand, free-electron lasers at sub-millimetre and longer wavelengths driven by low-energy and high-current electron beams have been pursued by the plasma physics and microwave tube communities. This work has confined itself largely to the high-gain regimes in which collective effects may play an important role. On the other hand, short-wavelength free-electron lasers in the infrared and optical regimes have been pursued by the accelerator and laser physics community. Due to the high-energy and low-current electron beams appropriate to this spectral range, these experiments have operated largely in the low-gain single-particle regimes. The most recent books published on the free-electron laser by Dr C. A.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction2 The Wiggler Field and Electron Dynamics -- 3 Incoherent Undulator Radiation -- 4 Coherent Emission: Linear Theory -- 5 Coherent Emission: Nonlinear Theory -- 6 Sideband Instabilities -- 7 Coherent harmonic Radiation -- 8 Optical Guiding -- 9 OScillator Configurations -- 10 Electromagnetic-wave Wigglers -- 11 Chaos in Free-electron Lasers -- Author Index.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 47
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401128582
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction to Reliability and Risk Analysis -- 1.1 Historical perspective -- 1.2 Objectives of reliability and risk analyses -- 1.3 Subject areas. Modelling -- 1.4 Basic concepts -- 1.5 Planning, execution and use of reliability analysis -- 1.6 Planning, execution and use of risk analysis -- 1.7 Discussion -- 1.8 Problems -- 2 Basic Reliability and Risk Analysis Methods -- 2.1 Use of statistics -- 2.2 Failure mode and effect analysis -- 2.3 Fault tree analysis -- 2.4 Cause consequence analysis/Event tree analysis -- 2.5 Other reliability and risk analysis methods -- 2.6 Problems -- 3 Binary Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 3.1 Structural properties -- 3.2 Computing system reliability -- 3.3 Non-repairable systems -- 3.4 Repairable systems -- 3.5 Reliability importance measures -- 3.6 Dependent components -- 3.7 Problems -- 4 Multistate Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 4.1 Multistate monotone systems -- 4.2 Computing system reliability -- 4.3 A time dependent model -- 4.4 Discussion -- 4.5 Problems -- 5 Optimal Replacement Policies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General minimal repair, age replacement model -- 5.3 Block replacement model -- 5.4 On-condition replacement models -- 5.5 Problems -- 6 Safety Management -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Safety management in a company -- 6.3 Reliability management of a product -- 6.4 Problems -- 7 Some Applications -- 7.1 Risk analysis of an offshore oil and gas producing platform -- 7.2 Availability and life cycle costing in a gas project -- 7.3 Availability and life cycle costing related to a process instrumentation system -- 7.4 Discussion -- 7.5 Problems -- Appendicies -- A Probability Theory -- A.l Probabilities -- A.1.1 Probability concepts -- A.1.2 Rules for combining probabilities -- A.1.3 Conditional probabilities -- A.1.4 Independence -- A.2 Stochastic variables -- A.3 Some proofs -- A.3.1 Proof of formula (A.4) -- A.3.2 Probability calculations in event trees -- A.3.3 Proof of an error bound for the approximations (4.2) and (4.3). -- A.4 Problems -- B Stochastic Failure Models -- B.1 Non-repairable units -- B.1.1 Basic concepts -- B.1.2 Some common lifetime distributions -- B.2 Repairable units -- B.3 Binomial distribution -- B.4 Gamma function -- B.5 Problems -- C Statistical Analysis of Reliability Data -- C.1 Identification of lifetime distribution, Hazard plotting -- C.2 Estimation of parameters in lifetime distributions -- C.3 Statistical analysis of non-homogeneous Poisson processes -- C.4 Data sources -- C.5 Problems -- D Markov Models -- D.1 Introduction -- D.2 One component. No repair -- D.3 One repairable component -- D.4 Two repairable components -- D.5 Birth and death processes -- D.6 General formulation of a Markov process -- D.7 Problems -- E More on Stochastic Processes -- E.1 Renewal processes -- E.2 Renewal reward processes -- E.3 Regenerative processes -- E.4 Counting processes -- E.5 Proofs of some results in Chapters 3 and 5 -- E.5.1 Section 3.4.1 -- E.5.2 Section 3.4.2 -- E.5.3 Section 5.4 -- F An Algorithm for Calculating System Reliability -- G A Minimization Technique.
    Kurzfassung: Analysis of reliability and risk is an important and integral part of planning, construction and operation of all technical systems. To be able to perform such analyses systematically and scientifically, there is usually a need for special methods and models. This book presents the most important of these. Particular emphasis has been placed on the ideas and the motivation for the use of the various methods and models. It has been an objective to compile a book which provides practising engineers and engineering graduates with the concepts and basic techniques for evaluating reliability and risk. It is hoped that the material presented will make them so familiar with the subject that they can carry out various types of analyses themselves and understand and make use of the more detailed applications and additional material which is available in the journals and publications associated with their own discipline. It has also been an objective to put reliability and risk analyses in context - how such analyses should be used in design and operation of components and systems. The material presented is modern and a large part of the book is at research level. The book focuses on analysis of repairable systems, not only non-repairable systems which have traditionally been given most attention in textbooks on reliability theory. Since most real-life systems are repairable, methods for analysing repairable systems are an important area of research. The book presents general methods, with most applications taken from offshore petro­ leum activities.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction to Reliability and Risk Analysis1.1 Historical perspective -- 1.2 Objectives of reliability and risk analyses -- 1.3 Subject areas. Modelling -- 1.4 Basic concepts -- 1.5 Planning, execution and use of reliability analysis -- 1.6 Planning, execution and use of risk analysis -- 1.7 Discussion -- 1.8 Problems -- 2 Basic Reliability and Risk Analysis Methods -- 2.1 Use of statistics -- 2.2 Failure mode and effect analysis -- 2.3 Fault tree analysis -- 2.4 Cause consequence analysis/Event tree analysis -- 2.5 Other reliability and risk analysis methods -- 2.6 Problems -- 3 Binary Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 3.1 Structural properties -- 3.2 Computing system reliability -- 3.3 Non-repairable systems -- 3.4 Repairable systems -- 3.5 Reliability importance measures -- 3.6 Dependent components -- 3.7 Problems -- 4 Multistate Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 4.1 Multistate monotone systems -- 4.2 Computing system reliability -- 4.3 A time dependent model -- 4.4 Discussion -- 4.5 Problems -- 5 Optimal Replacement Policies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General minimal repair, age replacement model -- 5.3 Block replacement model -- 5.4 On-condition replacement models -- 5.5 Problems -- 6 Safety Management -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Safety management in a company -- 6.3 Reliability management of a product -- 6.4 Problems -- 7 Some Applications -- 7.1 Risk analysis of an offshore oil and gas producing platform -- 7.2 Availability and life cycle costing in a gas project -- 7.3 Availability and life cycle costing related to a process instrumentation system -- 7.4 Discussion -- 7.5 Problems -- Appendicies -- A Probability Theory -- A.l Probabilities -- A.1.1 Probability concepts -- A.1.2 Rules for combining probabilities -- A.1.3 Conditional probabilities -- A.1.4 Independence -- A.2 Stochastic variables -- A.3 Some proofs -- A.3.1 Proof of formula (A.4) -- A.3.2 Probability calculations in event trees -- A.3.3 Proof of an error bound for the approximations (4.2) and (4.3). -- A.4 Problems -- B Stochastic Failure Models -- B.1 Non-repairable units -- B.1.1 Basic concepts -- B.1.2 Some common lifetime distributions -- B.2 Repairable units -- B.3 Binomial distribution -- B.4 Gamma function -- B.5 Problems -- C Statistical Analysis of Reliability Data -- C.1 Identification of lifetime distribution, Hazard plotting -- C.2 Estimation of parameters in lifetime distributions -- C.3 Statistical analysis of non-homogeneous Poisson processes -- C.4 Data sources -- C.5 Problems -- D Markov Models -- D.1 Introduction -- D.2 One component. No repair -- D.3 One repairable component -- D.4 Two repairable components -- D.5 Birth and death processes -- D.6 General formulation of a Markov process -- D.7 Problems -- E More on Stochastic Processes -- E.1 Renewal processes -- E.2 Renewal reward processes -- E.3 Regenerative processes -- E.4 Counting processes -- E.5 Proofs of some results in Chapters 3 and 5 -- E.5.1 Section 3.4.1 -- E.5.2 Section 3.4.2 -- E.5.3 Section 5.4 -- F An Algorithm for Calculating System Reliability -- G A Minimization Technique.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 48
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401122863
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: Índice -- Parte I: El Estado de Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 1: Contaminación atmosférica -- Capítulo 2: Agotamiento del ozono -- Capítulo 3: Cambios climáticos -- Capítulo 4: Contaminación marina -- Capítulo 5: Recursos de agua dulce y calidad del agua -- Capítulo 6: Degradación de la tierra y desertificación -- Capítulo 7: Deforestación y degradación de los bosques -- Capítulo 8: Pérdida de diversidad biológica -- Capítulo 9: Peligros ambientales -- Capítulo 10: Productos químicos tóxicos y desechos peligrosos -- Parte II: Actividades de Desarrollo y Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 11: Agricultura y producción alimentaria -- Capítulo 12: Industria -- Capítulo 13: Producción y uso de energia -- Capítulo 14: Transporte -- Capítulo 15: Turismo -- Parte III: Condiciones de Vida y Bienestar Humano -- Capítulo 16: Crecimiento demográfico y desarrollo humano -- Capítulo 17: Asentamientos humanos -- Capítulo 18: Salud humana -- Capítulo 19: Paz, seguridad y medio ambiente -- Parte IV: Percepciones, Actitudes y Medidas Adoptadas -- Capítulo 20: Percepciones y actitudes -- Capítulo 21: Medidas adoptadas -- Parte V: Problemas Planteados y Medidas Prioritarias -- Capítulo 22: Problemas planteados y medidas prioritarias -- Referencias.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ÍndiceParte I: El Estado de Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 1: Contaminación atmosférica -- Capítulo 2: Agotamiento del ozono -- Capítulo 3: Cambios climáticos -- Capítulo 4: Contaminación marina -- Capítulo 5: Recursos de agua dulce y calidad del agua -- Capítulo 6: Degradación de la tierra y desertificación -- Capítulo 7: Deforestación y degradación de los bosques -- Capítulo 8: Pérdida de diversidad biológica -- Capítulo 9: Peligros ambientales -- Capítulo 10: Productos químicos tóxicos y desechos peligrosos -- Parte II: Actividades de Desarrollo y Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 11: Agricultura y producción alimentaria -- Capítulo 12: Industria -- Capítulo 13: Producción y uso de energia -- Capítulo 14: Transporte -- Capítulo 15: Turismo -- Parte III: Condiciones de Vida y Bienestar Humano -- Capítulo 16: Crecimiento demográfico y desarrollo humano -- Capítulo 17: Asentamientos humanos -- Capítulo 18: Salud humana -- Capítulo 19: Paz, seguridad y medio ambiente -- Parte IV: Percepciones, Actitudes y Medidas Adoptadas -- Capítulo 20: Percepciones y actitudes -- Capítulo 21: Medidas adoptadas -- Parte V: Problemas Planteados y Medidas Prioritarias -- Capítulo 22: Problemas planteados y medidas prioritarias -- Referencias.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 49
    ISBN: 9789401123020
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 260 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: Most politicians have jumped on the conservation bandwagon, and nobody running for public office these days can afford to take an overtly anti­ environment stand. The fascination that children have for nature, the gen­ erous donations people make to conservation organizations, the votes cast for 'Green Parties,' the continuing popularity of zoos and wildlife films, and the strong sales of books about the environment all provide evidence to politicians that the general public supports the idea of conservation. Conservation has become a major issue for governments. No longer is it necessary for conservationists to campaign for getting the cause on the agenda: it is already there, at least as a talking point. The issue now is how to convert this generalized interest into real action. And among the many priorities competing for attention, how is a govern­ ment (or a private organization) to decide wh at to do first? From a very limited budget - for budgets will always be limited - what is the package of activities that is most likely to lead to the results that the public wants? lan Spellerberg attempts to address these questions which are at the he art of modern conservation action. It is relatively easy to prescribe useful activities that will benefit both the environment and the public at large.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 50
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169738
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: I-Overview of Ceramics1. Ceramic Materials -- 2. Ceramic Raw Materials -- 3. Nature of Clay -- 4. Forming from Powders -- 5. Forming from Melts -- 6. Miscellaneous Forming Techniques -- 7. Traditional Ceramic Industries -- II-The Nature of Ceramic Materials (Bonding/Crystal Concepts) -- 8. Atomic Structure -- 9. Bonding and Crystal Chemistry Concepts -- 10. Silicate Stuctures -- 11. Structure of Glass -- 12. Oxide Crystal Structures -- III-Characterization of Ceramic Materials -- 13. Analytical Techniques -- 14. Properties and Requirements of Ceramic Materials -- 15. Ceramic Surface Characteristics -- 16. Ceramic Strength Considerations -- IV-Hi-Tech Applications of Ceramics -- 17. Structural and Electronic Applications -- 18. Integrated Circuit Technology -- 19. Ceramic Packaging of IC Devices -- 20. The Future of Ceramics.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 51
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401178495
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Survey of the Existing Analysis Methods -- 1. Introduction to the Injected-Absorbed-Current Method of Analysis -- 2. Elementary Converters Operating at Constant Frequency with Duty Ratio as Controlled Quantity -- 3. General Small-Signal, Low-Frequency Analysis of Switching Regulators -- 4. State-Variables-Averaging Method -- 2. Multiple-Loop Switching Power Cells -- 5. Elementary Switching Power Cells with Inductor Current as Controlled Quantity -- 6. Multiple-Loop Switching Cells Using Inductor Voltage in a Minor Feedback Loop -- 3. Special Configurations -- 7. ?uk and SEPIC Switching Cells -- 8. Analysis of Power Cells with Duty-Ratio Control at Variable Frequency -- 9. Free-Running Hysteretic Regulator -- 4. Applications of Linear Analysis Method -- 10. Interconnection of a Power Source and a Switching Regulator -- 11. Feedforward in Switching Regulators -- 12. Parallel Operation of Switching Regulators -- 5. Selected Analytic Approaches and Applications and Future Advances in Analysis Methods -- 13. Selected Analysis Examples -- 14. High-Frequency Extension of the Linear Cell Model -- Appendixes -- Appendix 1. Additional Information for Chapter 5 -- A1-1 Derivation of Time Delay Between Control and Injected Current for Constant Off Time Current-Mode Control -- A1-2 Control-to-Output Voltage Functions of CurrentMode-Controlled Buck Converter with Three Different Control Methods -- Appendix 2. Graphical-Analytical Representation of Transfer Functions -- A2-1 Introduction -- A2-2 Transfer Functions of Passive Networks -- References -- Appendix 3. Examples and Problems -- A3-1 Introduction -- A3-2 Appendix to Chapter 2—Regulators Employing Elementary Cells, Operating at Constant Switching Frequency, and with Duty Ratio as the Controlled Quantity -- A3-3 Appendix to Chapter 14—Successive Approximations of the Cell Controlled-Quantity-to-Output-Voltage Transfer Function -- Appendix 4. Sources of Technical Information -- A4-1 Conferences -- A4-2 Periodicals -- A4-3 Compendia -- A4-4 Textbooks.
    Kurzfassung: The most critical part of the modern switching-mode power supply is the regulated dc/dc converter. Its dynamic behavior directly determines or influences four of the important characteristics of the power supply: • Stability of the feedback loop • Rejection of input-voltage ripple and the closely-related transient re­ sponse to input-voltage perturbation • Output impedance and the closely-related transient response to load perturbation • Compatibility with the input EMI filter Due to the complexity of the operation of the converter, predicting its dynamic behavior has not been easy. Without accurate prediction, and depending only on building the circuit and tinkering with it until the operation is satisfactory, the engineering cost can easily escalate and schedules can be missed. The situation is not much better when the circuit is built in the computer, using a general-purpose circuit-simulation program such as SPICE. (At the end of this book is a form for obtaining information on a computer program especially well suited for dynamic analysis of switching-mode power converters: DYANA, an acronym for "DYnamic ANAlysis. " DYANA is based on the method given in this book. ) The main goal of this book is to help the power-supply designer in the prediction of the dynamic behavior by providing user-friendly analytical tools, concrete results of already-made analyses, tabulated for easy application by the reader, and examples of how to apply the tools provided in the book.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Survey of the Existing Analysis Methods1. Introduction to the Injected-Absorbed-Current Method of Analysis -- 2. Elementary Converters Operating at Constant Frequency with Duty Ratio as Controlled Quantity -- 3. General Small-Signal, Low-Frequency Analysis of Switching Regulators -- 4. State-Variables-Averaging Method -- 2. Multiple-Loop Switching Power Cells -- 5. Elementary Switching Power Cells with Inductor Current as Controlled Quantity -- 6. Multiple-Loop Switching Cells Using Inductor Voltage in a Minor Feedback Loop -- 3. Special Configurations -- 7. ?uk and SEPIC Switching Cells -- 8. Analysis of Power Cells with Duty-Ratio Control at Variable Frequency -- 9. Free-Running Hysteretic Regulator -- 4. Applications of Linear Analysis Method -- 10. Interconnection of a Power Source and a Switching Regulator -- 11. Feedforward in Switching Regulators -- 12. Parallel Operation of Switching Regulators -- 5. Selected Analytic Approaches and Applications and Future Advances in Analysis Methods -- 13. Selected Analysis Examples -- 14. High-Frequency Extension of the Linear Cell Model -- Appendixes -- Appendix 1. Additional Information for Chapter 5 -- A1-1 Derivation of Time Delay Between Control and Injected Current for Constant Off Time Current-Mode Control -- A1-2 Control-to-Output Voltage Functions of CurrentMode-Controlled Buck Converter with Three Different Control Methods -- Appendix 2. Graphical-Analytical Representation of Transfer Functions -- A2-1 Introduction -- A2-2 Transfer Functions of Passive Networks -- References -- Appendix 3. Examples and Problems -- A3-1 Introduction -- A3-2 Appendix to Chapter 2-Regulators Employing Elementary Cells, Operating at Constant Switching Frequency, and with Duty Ratio as the Controlled Quantity -- A3-3 Appendix to Chapter 14-Successive Approximations of the Cell Controlled-Quantity-to-Output-Voltage Transfer Function -- Appendix 4. Sources of Technical Information -- A4-1 Conferences -- A4-2 Periodicals -- A4-3 Compendia -- A4-4 Textbooks.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 52
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401131308
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction to the electronics industry -- 1.1 A history of the electronics industry -- 1.2 The electronics market -- 1.3 Electronics manufacturing company structure -- 1.4 Test engineering and quality assurance -- 2 Electronic components -- 2.1 Component interconnection methods -- 2.2 Electronic components -- 2.3 Component packaging -- 2.4 Cabling -- 2.5 Component quality assurance -- 3 Electronic design -- 3.1 Quality and reliability assessment -- 3.2 The product design process -- 3.3 Circuit design -- 3.4 Integrated circuit design -- 3.5 Circuit layout -- 4 Semiconductor device manufacture -- 4.1 Semiconductor materials -- 4.2 Clean room requirements -- 4.3 Silicon wafer manufacture -- 4.4 Photolithography -- 4.5 Layer fabrication processes -- 4.6 Bipolar junction transistor fabrication -- 4.7 Field effect transistor fabrication -- 4.8 Integrated circuit packaging and testing -- 5 Printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.1 Printed circuit board types -- 5.2 Printed circuit board substrate materials -- 5.3 Printed circuit board substrate manufacture -- 5.4 Printed circuit board fabrication procedures -- 5.5 Single-sided printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.6 Double-sided printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.7 Multilayer printed circuit board manufacture -- 6 Printed circuit board assembly -- 6.1 Hand assembly -- 6.2 Automatic component insertion -- 6.3 Assembly-related faults -- 6.4 Soldering techniques -- 6.5 Solder joint inspection and common soldering faults -- 6.6 Cleaning -- 6.7 Testing and reworking -- 7 Surface mount component assembly -- 7.1 Advantages of surface mount components -- 7.2 Surface mount component assembly -- 7.3 Adhesive application -- 7.4 Solder paste application -- 7.5 Component onsertion -- 7.6 Soldering techniques -- 7.7 Mixing surface mount with leaded components -- 7.8 Soldering quality -- 7.9 Testing -- 7.10 Reworking -- 8 Alternative technologies -- 8.1 Hybrid technology -- 8.2 Tape automated bonding -- 8.3 Silicon on silicon wafer-scale integration -- 8.4 Application-specific integrated circuits -- 8.5 Flexible circuits -- References -- Further reading.
    Kurzfassung: The sequence of events which led to the writing of this book started at a seminar on Manufacturing Technology in the Electronics Industry given by the Institution of Production Engineers in 1987. The seminar identified that the field of manufacturing engineering for the electronics industry was effectively missing from the vast majority of production engineering degree courses. The reason for this was that production engineering departments typically spring from mechanical engineering departments. This leads to a mechanical bias in the practical aspects of such courses. The consequence of this was that electronics companies could not recruit graduates with both relevant production engineering and electronic engineering backgrounds. This necessitated either recruiting production engineering graduates and giving them the necessary electronic engineering training, or giving production engineering training to electronic engineering graduates. A consequence of the lack of courses in a subject is that there is also a lack of relevant textbooks in the area, as most textbooks are intended to tie into courses. In the field of manufacturing technology for the electronics industry, existing textbooks tend to be highly specialized and mainly concerned with the fabrication of semiconductor devices.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction to the electronics industry1.1 A history of the electronics industry -- 1.2 The electronics market -- 1.3 Electronics manufacturing company structure -- 1.4 Test engineering and quality assurance -- 2 Electronic components -- 2.1 Component interconnection methods -- 2.2 Electronic components -- 2.3 Component packaging -- 2.4 Cabling -- 2.5 Component quality assurance -- 3 Electronic design -- 3.1 Quality and reliability assessment -- 3.2 The product design process -- 3.3 Circuit design -- 3.4 Integrated circuit design -- 3.5 Circuit layout -- 4 Semiconductor device manufacture -- 4.1 Semiconductor materials -- 4.2 Clean room requirements -- 4.3 Silicon wafer manufacture -- 4.4 Photolithography -- 4.5 Layer fabrication processes -- 4.6 Bipolar junction transistor fabrication -- 4.7 Field effect transistor fabrication -- 4.8 Integrated circuit packaging and testing -- 5 Printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.1 Printed circuit board types -- 5.2 Printed circuit board substrate materials -- 5.3 Printed circuit board substrate manufacture -- 5.4 Printed circuit board fabrication procedures -- 5.5 Single-sided printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.6 Double-sided printed circuit board manufacture -- 5.7 Multilayer printed circuit board manufacture -- 6 Printed circuit board assembly -- 6.1 Hand assembly -- 6.2 Automatic component insertion -- 6.3 Assembly-related faults -- 6.4 Soldering techniques -- 6.5 Solder joint inspection and common soldering faults -- 6.6 Cleaning -- 6.7 Testing and reworking -- 7 Surface mount component assembly -- 7.1 Advantages of surface mount components -- 7.2 Surface mount component assembly -- 7.3 Adhesive application -- 7.4 Solder paste application -- 7.5 Component onsertion -- 7.6 Soldering techniques -- 7.7 Mixing surface mount with leaded components -- 7.8 Soldering quality -- 7.9 Testing -- 7.10 Reworking -- 8 Alternative technologies -- 8.1 Hybrid technology -- 8.2 Tape automated bonding -- 8.3 Silicon on silicon wafer-scale integration -- 8.4 Application-specific integrated circuits -- 8.5 Flexible circuits -- References -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 53
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401159654
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 In the Abyss of Time -- 1 In the beginning -- 2 The beginning of life -- 3 The Archaean planet -- 2 The Occupation of the Planet -- 4 The variety of life -- 5 Life in the Archaean -- 6 The surface of the Proterozoic Earth -- 7 The birth of the eukaryotes -- 3 The Spread of the Eukaryotes -- 8 The early Palaeozoic explosion and its aftermath -- 9 The changing land -- 10 The rule of the reptiles -- 4 The Modern World -- 11 The new world -- 12 Humanity -- 13 Inhabiting an island.
    Kurzfassung: Life has shaped the Earth, and the Earth has moulded the history of life. That history, the co-evolution of our ancestors and their horne, has much to teach us about our place on the planet today. We are part of the fabric of the biosphere. As we change that fabric we would be wise to understand how our horne was built. Our planet is neither a hotel nor a colony. It is not a place which life briefly inhabits during a transient occupation. Instead, it is our horne, designed by the deeds of our ancestors and suited to our own needs. The history of life on Earth is held in the geological record, which is composed of the rocks, water and air that are available for study on the planet's surface. These rocks, the oceans and the atmosphere are not simply stores of information for the excitement of fossil hunters and geochemists, or resources to exploit without thought. Their cre­ ation and continued existence form an integral part of the development and management of the Earth as the horne of life.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 In the Abyss of Time1 In the beginning -- 2 The beginning of life -- 3 The Archaean planet -- 2 The Occupation of the Planet -- 4 The variety of life -- 5 Life in the Archaean -- 6 The surface of the Proterozoic Earth -- 7 The birth of the eukaryotes -- 3 The Spread of the Eukaryotes -- 8 The early Palaeozoic explosion and its aftermath -- 9 The changing land -- 10 The rule of the reptiles -- 4 The Modern World -- 11 The new world -- 12 Humanity -- 13 Inhabiting an island.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 54
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170765
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: I. Modeling Consumer Demand for Food Safety and Nutrition -- 1. Consumer Demand for Food and Food Safety: Models and Applications -- 2. Modeling the Effect of Risk on Food Demand and the Implications for Regulation -- 3. A Model of the Demand and Supply of the Health Effects of Food Substances -- II. Application of Risk Assessment Methodology to Food Safety -- 4. Modeling Chronic Versus Acute Human Health Risk from Contaminants in Food -- 5. Conservatism in Risk Assessment and Food Safety Policy -- 6. Risk Assessment for Estimating the Economic Costs of Foodborne Disease Caused by Microorganisms -- 7. An Economic Framework for Assessing Foodbome Disease Control Strategies with an Application to Salmonella Control in Poultry -- III. Measurement of Consumer Response to Safety and Health Information -- 8. The Impact of Health Risk Information on Food Demand: A Case Study of Alar and Apples -- 9. Consumers’ Perceptions of Risks from Pesticide Residues and Demand for Certification of Residue-Free Produce -- 10. Consumer Reaction to the Introduction of Bovine Somatotropin -- 11. Information, Advertising, and Health Choices: A Study of the Cereal Market -- 12. Assessing the Effects of Diet/Health Awareness on the Consumption and Composition of Fat Intake -- IV. Analysis of the Supply of Food Safety -- 13. Firm Strategic Response to Food Safety and Nutrition Regulation -- 14. A Model of Firm Costs of Compliance with Food Labeling Regulations -- 15. An Economic Model of FDA’s Imported Foods Enforcement Program.
    Kurzfassung: Public concern about the safety and healthfulness of the food supply grew markedly during the 1980s. Numerous government, academic, interest group, and media reports questioning the adequacy of the food safety regulatory system formed the basis for this increase in concern. While public concern focused most directly on pesticide residues in food, scientists emphasized the risks of illness associated with microbiological contamination of food. Much additional attention was focused on the food supply as a result of the striking consensus on dietary recommendations that emerged in the late 1980s based on increased scientific knowledge of linkages between diet and health. Relatively little research on the economic aspects of food safety and nutrition issues had been conducted up to the mid-1980s. These aspects are complex. On the consumer demand side, they include consumers' perceptions of the risks associated with particular food products, how demographic characteristics influence consumers' processing of risk information and subsequent changes in food demand behavior, and the monetary value consumers might place on changes in the risk profiles of products. The economic benefits and costs associated with current food consumption patterns are a major determinant of demand for improved food safety and dietary change through government regulation. While a more complete picture of risks, benefits, and costs has been emerging recently, much is yet unknown.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: I. Modeling Consumer Demand for Food Safety and Nutrition1. Consumer Demand for Food and Food Safety: Models and Applications -- 2. Modeling the Effect of Risk on Food Demand and the Implications for Regulation -- 3. A Model of the Demand and Supply of the Health Effects of Food Substances -- II. Application of Risk Assessment Methodology to Food Safety -- 4. Modeling Chronic Versus Acute Human Health Risk from Contaminants in Food -- 5. Conservatism in Risk Assessment and Food Safety Policy -- 6. Risk Assessment for Estimating the Economic Costs of Foodborne Disease Caused by Microorganisms -- 7. An Economic Framework for Assessing Foodbome Disease Control Strategies with an Application to Salmonella Control in Poultry -- III. Measurement of Consumer Response to Safety and Health Information -- 8. The Impact of Health Risk Information on Food Demand: A Case Study of Alar and Apples -- 9. Consumers’ Perceptions of Risks from Pesticide Residues and Demand for Certification of Residue-Free Produce -- 10. Consumer Reaction to the Introduction of Bovine Somatotropin -- 11. Information, Advertising, and Health Choices: A Study of the Cereal Market -- 12. Assessing the Effects of Diet/Health Awareness on the Consumption and Composition of Fat Intake -- IV. Analysis of the Supply of Food Safety -- 13. Firm Strategic Response to Food Safety and Nutrition Regulation -- 14. A Model of Firm Costs of Compliance with Food Labeling Regulations -- 15. An Economic Model of FDA’s Imported Foods Enforcement Program.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 55
    ISBN: 9789401165358
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1.1 Research Models in Mechanical Problems for Microelectronics and Fiber Optics -- 1.2 Theoretical Modeling -- 1.3 Analytical versus Numerical Modeling -- 1.4 Interaction with Experiment -- 1.5 Theoretical Modeling in Structural Analysis -- 1.6 Historical Sketch -- 1. Basic Principles of Engineering Elasticity -- 1. General Properties of Elastic Bodies -- 2. Equations and Conceptions -- 3. A View of Solution Procedures -- 4. The Elementary Problems -- 5. Strength Theories -- 6. Two-Dimensional Problem in Rectangular Coordinates -- 7. Two-Dimensional Problem in Polar Coordinates -- 8. Torsion -- 9. Fracture Mechanics -- 10. Plasticity -- 11. Viscoelasticity -- Questions and Problems -- 2. Fundamentals of Structural Analysis -- 12. Bending of Beams -- 13. The Variational and Energy Methods, and Some General Principles of Structural Analysis -- 14. Bending of Frames -- 15. Bending of Plates -- 16. Buckling -- 17. Numerical Methods -- 18. Experimental Techniques -- Questions and Problems -- Appendix: Tables of Beam Deflections.
    Kurzfassung: This book contains the fundamentals of a discipline, which could be called Structural Analysis in Microelectronics and Fiber Optics. It deals with mechanical behavior of microelectronic and fiber-optic systems and is written in response to the crucial need for a textbook for a first in-depth course on mechanical problems in microelectronics and fiber optics. The emphasis of this book is on electronic and optical packaging problems, and analytical modeling. This book is apparently the first attempt to select, advance, and present those methods of classical structural mechanics which have been or can be applied in various stress-strain problems encountered in "high technology" engineering and some related areas, such as materials science and solid-state physics. The following major objectives are pursued in Structural Analysis in Microelectronic and Fiber-Optic Systems: Identify structural elements typical for microelectronic and fiber-optic systems and devices, and introduce the student to the basic concepts of the mechanical behavior of microelectronic and fiber-optic struc­ tures, subjected to thermally induced or external loading. Select, advance, and present methods for analyzing stresses and deflections developed in microelectronic and fiber-optic structures; demonstrate the effectiveness of the methods and approaches of the classical struc­ tural analysis in the diverse mechanical problems of microelectronics and fiber optics; and give students of engineering, as well as practicing engineers and designers, a thorough understanding of the main princi­ ples involved in the analytical evaluation of the mechanical behavior of microelectronic and fiber-optic systems.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.1 Research Models in Mechanical Problems for Microelectronics and Fiber Optics1.2 Theoretical Modeling -- 1.3 Analytical versus Numerical Modeling -- 1.4 Interaction with Experiment -- 1.5 Theoretical Modeling in Structural Analysis -- 1.6 Historical Sketch -- 1. Basic Principles of Engineering Elasticity -- 1. General Properties of Elastic Bodies -- 2. Equations and Conceptions -- 3. A View of Solution Procedures -- 4. The Elementary Problems -- 5. Strength Theories -- 6. Two-Dimensional Problem in Rectangular Coordinates -- 7. Two-Dimensional Problem in Polar Coordinates -- 8. Torsion -- 9. Fracture Mechanics -- 10. Plasticity -- 11. Viscoelasticity -- Questions and Problems -- 2. Fundamentals of Structural Analysis -- 12. Bending of Beams -- 13. The Variational and Energy Methods, and Some General Principles of Structural Analysis -- 14. Bending of Frames -- 15. Bending of Plates -- 16. Buckling -- 17. Numerical Methods -- 18. Experimental Techniques -- Questions and Problems -- Appendix: Tables of Beam Deflections.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 56
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401176149
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- Further reading -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- Further reading -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene—poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.3 Polycarbonates -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure—property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    Kurzfassung: Plastics are part of everyday life and contribute immensely to the benefit of humanity. When failures occur, they are due in part either to inferior properties (resulting from poor design or badly controlled processing), or to an incomplete understanding of the properties and applications of plastics materials. Since publication of the first edition, the plastics industry has increas­ ingly adopted advanced business procedures and automation (such as closed loop control and robotics), to combat the effects of recession, and has moved increasingly towards methods based on sound scientific and technological principles. Plastics have increasingly been used in appli­ cations once dominated by the use of metals and ceramics. For instance, in the automotive industry, the modern car now contains a much higher proportion of polymers, including commodity plastics and more spec­ ialized materials. In addition, compact discs are being made from new injection-moulding grades of polycarbonate, which meet the requirements of a demanding process. This second edition has been thoroughly revised and extended to include new materials, technologies and design concepts. Chapters on thermoplastics reflect the development of polymer blends and alloys, whilst the chapters devoted to thermosets have been reorganized to accommodate the renaissance in the applications of phenolics and to cover the growing importance of polyurethanes. The related two­ component process technologies are now included; having undergone major developments in the last decade, they have become important shaping processes.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- Further reading -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- Further reading -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene-poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.3 Polycarbonates -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure-property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 57
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179508
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Introduction to Cleanroom Technology -- The Need for Cleanrooms -- An Overview of Semiconductor Technology -- Other Cleanroom Applications -- The Impact of Cleanroom Technology -- 2. Microcontamination -- Types of Contamination -- Sources of Contamination -- Effects of Contamination -- Summary -- 3. Controlled Environment Concepts -- Performance Considerations -- Performance Standards -- Parameter Measurement -- Summary -- 4. Creating Clean Areas -- Construction Materials and Techniques -- Air Filtration -- Airflow -- Equipment and Material Decontamination -- Bringing Items into the Cleanroom -- Summary -- 5. Cleanroom Layout -- Mixed Flow Rooms -- Local Unidirectional Flow -- Modular Cleanrooms -- Tunnel Cleanrooms -- Total Vertical Laminar Flow -- Horizontal Laminar Flow -- Process Equipment -- Designing for Cleanroom Class -- Summary -- 6. Preconditioning, Control, and Static -- Air Handling Systems -- Fans and Air Control -- Static -- Summary -- 7. Site and Structural Considerations -- Vibration -- Site Selection -- Structure -- Internal Vibration Engineering -- Summary -- 8. Cleanrooms, Codes, and Legislation -- Principal Codes -- Fire Protection -- Legislation -- Summary -- 9. Ultrapure Water -- The Need for Ultrapure Water -- Constituents of Raw Water -- Purification Techniques -- RO/DI System Configurations -- Operational Considerations -- Summary -- 10. Production Materials -- Gases -- Wet Chemicals -- Handling Other Materials -- Summary -- 11. Personnel and Contamination -- Apparel -- Use of Apparel -- Work Practices -- Summary -- 12. Safety Issues -- Properties of Hazardous Production Materials -- Cleanroom Safety Practices -- Safety Equipment -- Handling Hazardous Production Materials -- Summary -- 13. The Future of Controlled Environments -- Advanced Cleanroom Concepts -- Enclosed Transfer Systems -- Robotics and Automation -- In-situ Processing -- Epilog—The Cleanroom as a System -- Appendix 1 Federal Standard 209D -- Appendix 2 Simplified Cleanroom Certification Procedure -- Appendix 3 Program and Sample Output.
    Kurzfassung: In writing this book, our goal was to produce a much needed teaching and reference text with a fresh approach to c1eanroom technology. The most obvious technological reason for bringing this book into being is that c1ean­ rooms have become vital to the manufacture and development of high­ technology products in both the commercial and military sectors, and there­ fore people have to develop an understanding of them. Examples of c1ean­ room applications include the manufacture of integrated circuits and other electronic components, preciSion mechanical assemblies, computer disks and drives, compact disks, optical components, medical implants and prostheses, pharmaceuticals and biochemicals, and so on. The book is written for anyone who is currently involved, or intends to become involved, with c1eanrooms. We intend it to be used by a wide range of professional groups including process engineers, production engineers, plant mechanical and electrical engineers, research engineers and scientists, managers, and so on. In addition, we believe it will be beneficial to those who design, build, service, and supply c1eanrooms, and may be used as a training aid for students who intend to pursue a career involving controlled environments and others such as c1eanroom operators and maintenance staff. We have attempted to steer clear of complex theory, which may be pursued in many other specialist texts, and keep the book as understandable and applicable as possible.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Introduction to Cleanroom TechnologyThe Need for Cleanrooms -- An Overview of Semiconductor Technology -- Other Cleanroom Applications -- The Impact of Cleanroom Technology -- 2. Microcontamination -- Types of Contamination -- Sources of Contamination -- Effects of Contamination -- Summary -- 3. Controlled Environment Concepts -- Performance Considerations -- Performance Standards -- Parameter Measurement -- Summary -- 4. Creating Clean Areas -- Construction Materials and Techniques -- Air Filtration -- Airflow -- Equipment and Material Decontamination -- Bringing Items into the Cleanroom -- Summary -- 5. Cleanroom Layout -- Mixed Flow Rooms -- Local Unidirectional Flow -- Modular Cleanrooms -- Tunnel Cleanrooms -- Total Vertical Laminar Flow -- Horizontal Laminar Flow -- Process Equipment -- Designing for Cleanroom Class -- Summary -- 6. Preconditioning, Control, and Static -- Air Handling Systems -- Fans and Air Control -- Static -- Summary -- 7. Site and Structural Considerations -- Vibration -- Site Selection -- Structure -- Internal Vibration Engineering -- Summary -- 8. Cleanrooms, Codes, and Legislation -- Principal Codes -- Fire Protection -- Legislation -- Summary -- 9. Ultrapure Water -- The Need for Ultrapure Water -- Constituents of Raw Water -- Purification Techniques -- RO/DI System Configurations -- Operational Considerations -- Summary -- 10. Production Materials -- Gases -- Wet Chemicals -- Handling Other Materials -- Summary -- 11. Personnel and Contamination -- Apparel -- Use of Apparel -- Work Practices -- Summary -- 12. Safety Issues -- Properties of Hazardous Production Materials -- Cleanroom Safety Practices -- Safety Equipment -- Handling Hazardous Production Materials -- Summary -- 13. The Future of Controlled Environments -- Advanced Cleanroom Concepts -- Enclosed Transfer Systems -- Robotics and Automation -- In-situ Processing -- Epilog-The Cleanroom as a System -- Appendix 1 Federal Standard 209D -- Appendix 2 Simplified Cleanroom Certification Procedure -- Appendix 3 Program and Sample Output.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 58
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401197144
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Representation of Mine Data -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Mine nomenclature -- 1.3 Subdivision of orebodies -- 1.4 Mine sections -- 1.5 Mine plans -- 1.6 Vertical longitudinal projections -- 1.7 Structure contour plans -- 1.8 Connolly diagrams -- 1.9 Dip contour maps -- 1.10 Structural unrolling — Palinspastic maps -- 1.11 2D and 3D block models -- 1.12 3D orebody projections -- 1.13 Histograms and cumulative frequency plots -- 1.14 Rose diagrams -- 1.15 Stereographic projections -- 1.16 Computer software -- 2 Mine Sampling -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Characterization of mineral deposits for sampling purposes -- 2.3 Grade elevation -- 2.4 Possible locations for underground sampling -- 2.5 Channel sampling -- 2.6 Chip sampling -- 2.7 Grab sampling -- 2.8 Percussion/blast-hole sampling -- 2.9 Diamond drill sampling -- 2.10 Prospect sampling -- 2.11 Continuous sampling for open-pit operations -- 2.12 Sampling of unconsolidated surficial deposits -- 2.13 The application of copper-sensitive paints -- 2.14 Grade analysis by fluorescence and spectrometric techniques -- 2.15 Sampling theory -- 2.16 Bulk sampling of gold ores -- 3 Ore-Reserves by ‘Classical Methods’ -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Classification of reserves and resources -- 3.3 Determination of potentially economic intersections -- 3.4 Mine/deposit reserves -- 3.5 Statistical estimators of grade -- 3.6 Ore-reserves by panel/section methods (underground operations) -- 3.7 Ore reserves by triangulation -- 3.8 Ore reserves by polygons -- 3.9 Ore reserves by block matrices -- 3.10 Contour methods -- 3.11 Inverse distance weighting methods (IDW) -- 3.12 Orebody modelling using IDW methods -- Appendix 3.1 USBM/USGS Classification of Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.2 APEO Classification of Reserves -- Appendix 3.3 AIMM/AMIC Classification of Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.4 Coal Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.5 Ore reserve calculation — worked example -- Appendix 3.6 Program listing for SGORE -- 4 Geostatistical Ore-Reserve Estimation -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The application of geostatistics -- 4.3 The theory of regionalized variables -- 4.4 Regularization and orebody subdivision -- 4.5 Production of the semi-variogram -- 4.6 Semi-variogram models -- 4.7 Semi-variogram phenomena in the spherical scheme -- 4.8 Model fitting in the spherical scheme -- 4.9 1D regularization (spherical scheme) -- 4.10 Block reserve estimates by kriging -- 4.11 Global reserve evaluation by kriging -- 4.12 Grade—tonnage curve -- 4.13 Kriging variances and ore-reserve classification -- 4.14 Extension variances in the spherical scheme -- 4.15 Volume—variance relationship -- 4.16 Indicator kriging (IK) -- Appendix 4.1 Determination of confidence limits for log-transformed data -- Appendix 4.2 Worked example — de Wijsian scheme -- Appendix 4.3 Mathematical basis of point kriging -- Appendix 4.4 Mathematical basis of block kriging -- Appendix 4.5 Extension variance graphs and tables for the spherical scheme -- 5 Design and Evaluation of Open-Pit Operations -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Design of open-pit operations -- 5.3 Evaluation of open-pit operations -- 5.4 Economic optimization of pit designs -- 6 Financing and Financial Evaluation of Mining Projects -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Financial aspects unique to mining projects -- 6.3 Capitalization of mining projects -- 6.4 Financial model of a mining project -- 6.5 Financial evaluation techniques -- 7 Grade Control -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Open-pit operations -- 7.3 Underground operations -- 8 Ore-Evaluation Case Histories -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Case history — White Pine Copper Mine, Michigan, USA -- 8.3 Case history — Evaluation of the J-M Pt-Pd Reef, Stillwater, Montana -- 8.4 Case history — East Ore Zone, Teck-Corona Gold Mine, Hemlo Canada -- 8.5 Case history — opencast coal mining in South Wales (R. MacCallum — British Coal) -- 8.6 Case history — Boulby Potash Mine, Cleveland, UK -- 8.7 Case history — exploration and evaluation of a glacial sand and gravel deposit (P. Brewer and P. Morse — Tarmac Roadstone, Northwest Limited) -- 8.8 Case history — limestone aggregates — The Tytherington Limestone Quarries, ARC Ltd -- 8.9 Cement — Cement Quality Limestones at Los Cedros, Venezuela (Blue Circle Industries PLC) -- 8.10 Case history — Navan Zn-Pb Mine, Eire (Tara Mines Ltd).
    Kurzfassung: Although aspects of mineral deposit evaluation advantages and disadvantages of each technique are covered in such texts as McKinstry (1948), so that a judgement can be made as to their Peters (1978), Reedman (1979) and Barnes applicability to a particular deposit and the min­ (1980), no widely available in-depth treatment of ing method proposed or used. Too often, a lack the subject has been presented. It is thus the of this expertise results in the ore-reserve calcula­ intention of the present book to produce a text tion being undertaken at head-office or, indeed, by the survey department on the mine, and being which is suitable for both undergraduate and treated as a 'number crunching' or geometric postgraduate students of mining geology and exercise divorced from geology. It is essential mining engineering and which, at the same time, that mine ore-reserves are calculated at the mine is of use to those already following a professional by those geologists who are most closely associ­ career in the mining industry. An attempt has ated with the local geology and who are thus best been made to present the material in such a way able to influence and/or constrain the calculation.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Representation of Mine Data1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Mine nomenclature -- 1.3 Subdivision of orebodies -- 1.4 Mine sections -- 1.5 Mine plans -- 1.6 Vertical longitudinal projections -- 1.7 Structure contour plans -- 1.8 Connolly diagrams -- 1.9 Dip contour maps -- 1.10 Structural unrolling - Palinspastic maps -- 1.11 2D and 3D block models -- 1.12 3D orebody projections -- 1.13 Histograms and cumulative frequency plots -- 1.14 Rose diagrams -- 1.15 Stereographic projections -- 1.16 Computer software -- 2 Mine Sampling -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Characterization of mineral deposits for sampling purposes -- 2.3 Grade elevation -- 2.4 Possible locations for underground sampling -- 2.5 Channel sampling -- 2.6 Chip sampling -- 2.7 Grab sampling -- 2.8 Percussion/blast-hole sampling -- 2.9 Diamond drill sampling -- 2.10 Prospect sampling -- 2.11 Continuous sampling for open-pit operations -- 2.12 Sampling of unconsolidated surficial deposits -- 2.13 The application of copper-sensitive paints -- 2.14 Grade analysis by fluorescence and spectrometric techniques -- 2.15 Sampling theory -- 2.16 Bulk sampling of gold ores -- 3 Ore-Reserves by ‘Classical Methods’ -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Classification of reserves and resources -- 3.3 Determination of potentially economic intersections -- 3.4 Mine/deposit reserves -- 3.5 Statistical estimators of grade -- 3.6 Ore-reserves by panel/section methods (underground operations) -- 3.7 Ore reserves by triangulation -- 3.8 Ore reserves by polygons -- 3.9 Ore reserves by block matrices -- 3.10 Contour methods -- 3.11 Inverse distance weighting methods (IDW) -- 3.12 Orebody modelling using IDW methods -- Appendix 3.1 USBM/USGS Classification of Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.2 APEO Classification of Reserves -- Appendix 3.3 AIMM/AMIC Classification of Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.4 Coal Resources and Reserves -- Appendix 3.5 Ore reserve calculation - worked example -- Appendix 3.6 Program listing for SGORE -- 4 Geostatistical Ore-Reserve Estimation -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The application of geostatistics -- 4.3 The theory of regionalized variables -- 4.4 Regularization and orebody subdivision -- 4.5 Production of the semi-variogram -- 4.6 Semi-variogram models -- 4.7 Semi-variogram phenomena in the spherical scheme -- 4.8 Model fitting in the spherical scheme -- 4.9 1D regularization (spherical scheme) -- 4.10 Block reserve estimates by kriging -- 4.11 Global reserve evaluation by kriging -- 4.12 Grade-tonnage curve -- 4.13 Kriging variances and ore-reserve classification -- 4.14 Extension variances in the spherical scheme -- 4.15 Volume-variance relationship -- 4.16 Indicator kriging (IK) -- Appendix 4.1 Determination of confidence limits for log-transformed data -- Appendix 4.2 Worked example - de Wijsian scheme -- Appendix 4.3 Mathematical basis of point kriging -- Appendix 4.4 Mathematical basis of block kriging -- Appendix 4.5 Extension variance graphs and tables for the spherical scheme -- 5 Design and Evaluation of Open-Pit Operations -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Design of open-pit operations -- 5.3 Evaluation of open-pit operations -- 5.4 Economic optimization of pit designs -- 6 Financing and Financial Evaluation of Mining Projects -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Financial aspects unique to mining projects -- 6.3 Capitalization of mining projects -- 6.4 Financial model of a mining project -- 6.5 Financial evaluation techniques -- 7 Grade Control -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Open-pit operations -- 7.3 Underground operations -- 8 Ore-Evaluation Case Histories -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Case history - White Pine Copper Mine, Michigan, USA -- 8.3 Case history - Evaluation of the J-M Pt-Pd Reef, Stillwater, Montana -- 8.4 Case history - East Ore Zone, Teck-Corona Gold Mine, Hemlo Canada -- 8.5 Case history - opencast coal mining in South Wales (R. MacCallum - British Coal) -- 8.6 Case history - Boulby Potash Mine, Cleveland, UK -- 8.7 Case history - exploration and evaluation of a glacial sand and gravel deposit (P. Brewer and P. Morse - Tarmac Roadstone, Northwest Limited) -- 8.8 Case history - limestone aggregates - The Tytherington Limestone Quarries, ARC Ltd -- 8.9 Cement - Cement Quality Limestones at Los Cedros, Venezuela (Blue Circle Industries PLC) -- 8.10 Case history - Navan Zn-Pb Mine, Eire (Tara Mines Ltd).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 59
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179539
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 The importance of blood-sucking insects -- 1.1 The importance of blood-sucking insects -- 2 The evolution of the blood-sucking habit -- 2.1 Prolonged close association with vertebrates -- 2.2 Morphological pre-adaptation for piercing -- 3 Feeding preferences of blood-sucking insects -- 3.1 Host choice -- 3.2 Host choice and species complexes -- 4 Location of the host -- 4.1 The behavioural framework of host location -- 4.2 Appetitive searching -- 4.3 Activation and orientation -- 4.4 Attraction -- 4.5 Movement between hosts -- 5 Ingestion of the blood meal -- 5.1 Vertebrate haemostasis -- 5.2 Insect anti-haemostatic factors -- 5.3 Probing stimulants -- 5.4 Phagostimulants -- 5.5 Mouthparts -- 5.6 Blood intake -- 6 Managing the blood meal -- 6.1 Midgut anatomy -- 6.2 The blood meal -- 6.3 Gonotrophic concordance -- 6.4 Nutrition -- 6.5 Host hormones in the blood meal -- 6.6 Partitioning of resources from the blood meal -- 6.7 Autogeny -- 7 Host—insect interactions -- 7.1 Insect distribution on the surface of the host -- 7.2 Morphological specializations for life on the host -- 7.3 Host immune responses to insect salivary secretions -- 7.4 Behavioural defences of the host -- 7.5 Density-dependent effects on feeding success -- 8 Transmission of parasites by blood-sucking insects -- 8.1 Transmission routes -- 8.2 Specificity in vector—parasite relationships -- 8.3 Origin of vector—parasite relationships -- 8.4 Parasite strategies for contacting a vector -- 8.5 Parasite strategies for contacting a host -- 8.6 Vector pathology caused by parasites -- 8.7 Insect defence mechanisms -- 9 The blood-sucking insect groups -- 9.1 Insect classification -- 9.2 Phthiraptera -- 9.3 Hemiptera -- 9.4 Siphonaptera -- 9.5 Diptera -- 9.6 Other groups -- References.
    Kurzfassung: Blood-sucking insects are the vectors of many of the most debilitating parasites of man and his domesticated animals. In addition they are of considerable direct cost to the agricultural industry through losses in milk and meat yields, and through damage to hides and wool, etc. So, not surprisingly, many books of medical and veterinary entomology have been written. Most of these texts are organized taxonomically giving the details of the life-cycles, bionomics, relationship to disease and economic importance of each of the insect groups in turn. I have taken a different approach. This book is topic led and aims to discuss the biological themes which are common in the lives of blood-sucking insects. To do this I have concentrated on those aspects of the biology of these fascinating insects which have been clearly modified in some way to suit the blood-sucking habit. For example, I have discussed feeding and digestion in some detail because feeding on blood presents insects with special problems, but I have not discussed respiration because it is not affected in any particular way by haematophagy. Naturally there is a subjective element in the choice of topics for discussion and the weight given to each. I hope that I have not let my enthusiasm for particular subjects get the better of me on too many occasions and that the subject material achieves an overall balance.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 The importance of blood-sucking insects1.1 The importance of blood-sucking insects -- 2 The evolution of the blood-sucking habit -- 2.1 Prolonged close association with vertebrates -- 2.2 Morphological pre-adaptation for piercing -- 3 Feeding preferences of blood-sucking insects -- 3.1 Host choice -- 3.2 Host choice and species complexes -- 4 Location of the host -- 4.1 The behavioural framework of host location -- 4.2 Appetitive searching -- 4.3 Activation and orientation -- 4.4 Attraction -- 4.5 Movement between hosts -- 5 Ingestion of the blood meal -- 5.1 Vertebrate haemostasis -- 5.2 Insect anti-haemostatic factors -- 5.3 Probing stimulants -- 5.4 Phagostimulants -- 5.5 Mouthparts -- 5.6 Blood intake -- 6 Managing the blood meal -- 6.1 Midgut anatomy -- 6.2 The blood meal -- 6.3 Gonotrophic concordance -- 6.4 Nutrition -- 6.5 Host hormones in the blood meal -- 6.6 Partitioning of resources from the blood meal -- 6.7 Autogeny -- 7 Host-insect interactions -- 7.1 Insect distribution on the surface of the host -- 7.2 Morphological specializations for life on the host -- 7.3 Host immune responses to insect salivary secretions -- 7.4 Behavioural defences of the host -- 7.5 Density-dependent effects on feeding success -- 8 Transmission of parasites by blood-sucking insects -- 8.1 Transmission routes -- 8.2 Specificity in vector-parasite relationships -- 8.3 Origin of vector-parasite relationships -- 8.4 Parasite strategies for contacting a vector -- 8.5 Parasite strategies for contacting a host -- 8.6 Vector pathology caused by parasites -- 8.7 Insect defence mechanisms -- 9 The blood-sucking insect groups -- 9.1 Insect classification -- 9.2 Phthiraptera -- 9.3 Hemiptera -- 9.4 Siphonaptera -- 9.5 Diptera -- 9.6 Other groups -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 60
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401131087
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 311 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Science.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction: cell—cell signalling by cytoplasmic bridges -- 2 The first messengers — hormones, neurotransmitters and local mediators -- 3 Structure and biosynthesis of first messengers -- 4 Ionic homeostasis and nervous conduction -- 5 Cell biology of first messenger synthesis and secretion -- 6 Cell surface receptors — analysis and identification -- 7 Cell surface receptors — signal transduction -- 8 Cell surface receptors — protein phosphorylation and other intracellular events -- 9 Regulation of cell proliferation and cancer -- 10 Signal transduction by nuclear receptors.
    Kurzfassung: The central theme of this book is that systems of cell-cell signalling via nerves, hormones, local mediators and growth factors are not distinct phenomena, but branches of one general mechanism. These topics therefore can and should be discussed in an integrated manner, and the division of cell signalling studies into separate pigeonholes such as neuroscience, endocrinology or cancer biology is unnecessary, if not counterproductive. I also believe it to be unfortunate that there is not a collective term to describe neurotransmitters, hormones, local mediators and growth factors, other than clumsy phrases such as "extracellular signal molecule". The lack of a short and distinctive word for these entities genuinely hampers people from thinking about them in an integrated way. Having decided that it was presumptuous to invent a new term, I have chosen in this book the term first messenger to cover all types of extracellular signal molecule, because of the widespread acceptance of the term second messenger to represent the intracellular signal molecules that are produced in response to many of them. I have given the book the title "biochemical messengers", which is a global term to cover both first and second messengers. The impetus for writing the book came, as must often be the case, when I had to put together a course on cell-cell signalling for biochemistry students at the University of Dundee.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction: cell-cell signalling by cytoplasmic bridges2 The first messengers - hormones, neurotransmitters and local mediators -- 3 Structure and biosynthesis of first messengers -- 4 Ionic homeostasis and nervous conduction -- 5 Cell biology of first messenger synthesis and secretion -- 6 Cell surface receptors - analysis and identification -- 7 Cell surface receptors - signal transduction -- 8 Cell surface receptors - protein phosphorylation and other intracellular events -- 9 Regulation of cell proliferation and cancer -- 10 Signal transduction by nuclear receptors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 61
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401138581
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Reliability -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 What is Reliability? Why Want Reliability? Principles of Achieving Reliability -- 1.3 Quantifying Reliability -- 1.4 The Methods of Systems Reliability Synthesis -- 1.5 Need for Reliability Data -- 2 Principles of Reliability Data Bases -- 2.1 Purposes -- 2.2 Construction -- 2.3 Data Acquisition -- 2.4 Physical Implementation -- 2.5 Development and Operation -- 3 Analysis Methodologies -- 3.1 Restrictions Owing to Data Base Assumptions -- 3.2 Constant Fault-Rate or Failure-Rate Methods -- 3.3 Non-Constant Fault-Rate Methods; The Weibull Distribution -- 3.4 More General Data Structures -- 4 Some Achievements Due to the Development of Data Banks -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The Nuclear Industry -- 4.3 Aircraft Industry -- 4.4 Electronics Industry -- 4.5 Chemical Industry -- 4.6 Data -- 4.7 Computational Considerations -- 4.8 Data Needs or Requirements -- 4.9 Other Factors Worthy of Consideration -- 4.10 Staffing -- 5 Facts: Most Comprehensive Information System For Industrial Safety -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The TNO Organization -- 5.3 Looking Back on the Start of FACTS -- 5.4 Information Handling -- 5.5 Cause Classification -- 5.6 Data Base Structure -- 5.7 Storage of Original Documents -- 5.8 Applications and the Use of FACTS -- 5.9 New Advances in FACTS -- 5.10 Latest Developments -- 5.11 PC-FACTS -- 6 Reliability Data Collection In Process Plants -- 6.1 General Remarks -- 6.2 Data Collection -- 6.3 Data Treatment and Examples -- 6.4 Uncertainty, Applicability and Caution -- 7 The Centralized Reliability Data Organization (Credo); an Advanced Nuclear Reactor Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Data Bank and Data Analysis Center -- 7.1 The Basis for CREDO -- 7.2 CREDO—An Historical Perspective -- 7.3 Data Initially Identified for Inclusion -- 7.4 CREDO Component Description and Classification -- 7.5 Design of Data Input -- 7.6 CREDO’S Data Base Management System -- 7.7 Statistical Data Analysis and Processing -- 7.8 CREDO Development Experience -- 7.9 Achievements and Future Directions of CREDO -- 8 The Fabrication Reliability Data Analysis System Dante-QC1 -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Concept of the DANTE Code System -- 8.3 Data Base Configuration -- 8.4 Processing Function -- 8.5 Application of DANTE for PIE Data Analysis -- 8.6 Future Directions -- 9 Reliability Data Banks at Electricite De France (EDF) -- 9.1 The Origins -- 9.2 History and Objectives of the EDF Data Banks -- 9.3 SRDF -- 9.4 Conclusion -- 10 IAEA’s Experience In Compiling A Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 IAEA’s Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.3 Problem Areas Connected with Generic Data Bases -- 10.4 Conclusion -- Appendix: Data Sources Included in the Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 11 The European Reliability Data System—Erds: Status And Future Developments -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 General Description of ERDS -- 11.3 The Component Event Data Bank (CEDB) -- 12 Development of A Large Data Bank -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The Data Bank System -- 12.3 Student Collection Scheme -- 12.4 The Item Inventory -- 12.5 Coded Storage -- 12.6 Output Data -- 12.7 Generic Reliability Data Output Enquiry and Reply Service -- 12.8 Reliability Improvements -- 13 Reliability Data Banks—Friend, Foe or A Waste of Time? -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 The Personalities -- 13.3 The DataBase Design -- 13.4 The Component Inventory Data -- 13.5 The Component History Data -- 13.6 Dependent Failures -- 13.7 Data Analysis -- 13.8 Pooled Reliability Data -- 13.9 The Successes -- 13.10 Conclusions -- 14 Developments -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Changes in Data Handling -- 14.3 Data Base Software -- 14.4 Methodology and Technology Led Changes -- 14.5 New Data Bases -- 14.6 R & M 2000 -- 14.7 Changes in Attitude -- 15 Overview; Into the Future -- 15.1 Forty Years of Always Being Wrong and Always Being Right -- 15.2 The Next Forty Years -- 15.3 Using External Data Sources and Making Up Data -- 15.4 Justifying a Reliability Data Base.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Reliability1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 What is Reliability? Why Want Reliability? Principles of Achieving Reliability -- 1.3 Quantifying Reliability -- 1.4 The Methods of Systems Reliability Synthesis -- 1.5 Need for Reliability Data -- 2 Principles of Reliability Data Bases -- 2.1 Purposes -- 2.2 Construction -- 2.3 Data Acquisition -- 2.4 Physical Implementation -- 2.5 Development and Operation -- 3 Analysis Methodologies -- 3.1 Restrictions Owing to Data Base Assumptions -- 3.2 Constant Fault-Rate or Failure-Rate Methods -- 3.3 Non-Constant Fault-Rate Methods; The Weibull Distribution -- 3.4 More General Data Structures -- 4 Some Achievements Due to the Development of Data Banks -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The Nuclear Industry -- 4.3 Aircraft Industry -- 4.4 Electronics Industry -- 4.5 Chemical Industry -- 4.6 Data -- 4.7 Computational Considerations -- 4.8 Data Needs or Requirements -- 4.9 Other Factors Worthy of Consideration -- 4.10 Staffing -- 5 Facts: Most Comprehensive Information System For Industrial Safety -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The TNO Organization -- 5.3 Looking Back on the Start of FACTS -- 5.4 Information Handling -- 5.5 Cause Classification -- 5.6 Data Base Structure -- 5.7 Storage of Original Documents -- 5.8 Applications and the Use of FACTS -- 5.9 New Advances in FACTS -- 5.10 Latest Developments -- 5.11 PC-FACTS -- 6 Reliability Data Collection In Process Plants -- 6.1 General Remarks -- 6.2 Data Collection -- 6.3 Data Treatment and Examples -- 6.4 Uncertainty, Applicability and Caution -- 7 The Centralized Reliability Data Organization (Credo); an Advanced Nuclear Reactor Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Data Bank and Data Analysis Center -- 7.1 The Basis for CREDO -- 7.2 CREDO-An Historical Perspective -- 7.3 Data Initially Identified for Inclusion -- 7.4 CREDO Component Description and Classification -- 7.5 Design of Data Input -- 7.6 CREDO’S Data Base Management System -- 7.7 Statistical Data Analysis and Processing -- 7.8 CREDO Development Experience -- 7.9 Achievements and Future Directions of CREDO -- 8 The Fabrication Reliability Data Analysis System Dante-QC1 -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Concept of the DANTE Code System -- 8.3 Data Base Configuration -- 8.4 Processing Function -- 8.5 Application of DANTE for PIE Data Analysis -- 8.6 Future Directions -- 9 Reliability Data Banks at Electricite De France (EDF) -- 9.1 The Origins -- 9.2 History and Objectives of the EDF Data Banks -- 9.3 SRDF -- 9.4 Conclusion -- 10 IAEA’s Experience In Compiling A Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 IAEA’s Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.3 Problem Areas Connected with Generic Data Bases -- 10.4 Conclusion -- Appendix: Data Sources Included in the Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 11 The European Reliability Data System-Erds: Status And Future Developments -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 General Description of ERDS -- 11.3 The Component Event Data Bank (CEDB) -- 12 Development of A Large Data Bank -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The Data Bank System -- 12.3 Student Collection Scheme -- 12.4 The Item Inventory -- 12.5 Coded Storage -- 12.6 Output Data -- 12.7 Generic Reliability Data Output Enquiry and Reply Service -- 12.8 Reliability Improvements -- 13 Reliability Data Banks-Friend, Foe or A Waste of Time? -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 The Personalities -- 13.3 The DataBase Design -- 13.4 The Component Inventory Data -- 13.5 The Component History Data -- 13.6 Dependent Failures -- 13.7 Data Analysis -- 13.8 Pooled Reliability Data -- 13.9 The Successes -- 13.10 Conclusions -- 14 Developments -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Changes in Data Handling -- 14.3 Data Base Software -- 14.4 Methodology and Technology Led Changes -- 14.5 New Data Bases -- 14.6 R & M 2000 -- 14.7 Changes in Attitude -- 15 Overview; Into the Future -- 15.1 Forty Years of Always Being Wrong and Always Being Right -- 15.2 The Next Forty Years -- 15.3 Using External Data Sources and Making Up Data -- 15.4 Justifying a Reliability Data Base.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 62
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131063
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (x, 266 p) , ill
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Botany -- 2 The cultivated hop -- 3 Production methods -- 4 Harvesting -- 5 Pests and diseases: historical review -- 6 Pests -- 7 Fungal diseases -- 8 Virus diseases -- 9 Varieties and breeding -- 10 The hop trade -- References.
    Kurzfassung: It is 25 years since Dr Burgess wrote his invaluable book on hops and in the intervening period there have been very many advances in hop research and hop production techniques. When invited to produce a replacement for that book, therefore, the problem was not finding enough new material but deciding on what to include. People interested in reading about the hop are likely to fall into very diverse categories. Hop growers will be looking for practical advice on production methods while research workers with specialist knowledge in one field may want detailed information about research in other disciplines. In addition, there are many people for whom hops are of much more general interest and for them a source of basic information about the crop will be required. The aim has not been to produce a detailed growers' handbook, since techniques vary considerably from district to district and I believe that it is better to obtain advice from neighbouring growers or from specialist advisers than from any book. What I have attempted is to outline the basic principles upon which production methods should be based. At the same time, I have tried to include material that will be of general interest both to those who work with hops and to those to whom they might otherwise remain a complete mystery. In doing this my own personal interests have inevitably played an important part.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Botany2 The cultivated hop -- 3 Production methods -- 4 Harvesting -- 5 Pests and diseases: historical review -- 6 Pests -- 7 Fungal diseases -- 8 Virus diseases -- 9 Varieties and breeding -- 10 The hop trade -- References.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 63
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131223
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (xi, 197 p) , ill
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Getting started -- 2 Passive circuits -- 3 Introducing active devices -- 4 File and analysis features -- 5 Output options -- 6 Multivalued resistors -- 7 Circuit waveforms and frequency response: Nyquist plot -- 8 Linear circuits: square waves and step functions -- 9 Non-linear circuits and waveform shaping -- Appendix A Control codes -- Appendix B HSpice Discrete Components library -- Appendix C Answers.
    Kurzfassung: After many years of teaching circuit theory and analogue electronic circuits the author believes that for most students the main path to obtaining a good understanding of the principles involved, as measured by their ability to apply them in a correct and intelligent manner, is through problem solving and design exercises. In an ideal world the student would be able to construct the circuit being analysed or designed, and so directly test the calculated or pre­ dicted results. Indeed, experience leads to the conclusion that typical students like to see their own circuits perform as intended, with a con­ sequent increase in motivation. At present, however, time and facility constraints mean that most of this work is of the pencil and paper variety, students having few opportunities to see the consequences of their efforts in a practical situation. At best they have to accept sample solutions or simply num­ erical answers. This path can seem tedious to all but the most motivated of students, so an alternative which can provide many of the benefits of direct circuit testing within the time and resources available is of im­ mediate interest. This is where the MINNIE and HSpice simulation package can assist the undergraduate teaching activity.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Getting started2 Passive circuits -- 3 Introducing active devices -- 4 File and analysis features -- 5 Output options -- 6 Multivalued resistors -- 7 Circuit waveforms and frequency response: Nyquist plot -- 8 Linear circuits: square waves and step functions -- 9 Non-linear circuits and waveform shaping -- Appendix A Control codes -- Appendix B HSpice Discrete Components library -- Appendix C Answers.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 64
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401131384
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 224 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Maintenance policies -- 2 Organization of maintenance operations -- 3 Behaviour of physical equipment in service -- 4 Management of maintenance operations -- 5 Mathematics for maintenance: basic concepts and tools -- 6 Applications: case studies -- Exercises -- Annexe -- Maintenance software suppliers.
    Kurzfassung: As the developments in engineering production techniques have resulted in an increasing dependence on automation, the increasing complexity of these systems has made the reliability of the machines a matter of great importance. An unexpected breakdown can be a very expensive experience for the company. Further, in the aerospace industry, problems of reliability, maintainability and availability are critical. For a long time industrial research and training centres have been interested primarily in the problems of design, manufacture and production; recently, however, there has been a growing interest in the study of maintenance and reliability. The concept of maintainability, for example, first appeared in 1954 in the US army. Since then a variety of techniques and methodologies have been developed and implemented to meet the challenge of the new needs. The aim of this book is to present these methods and investigate their effectiveness, and in so doing to help practising engineers gain a better understanding of the problems. The many examples and applications given here should make it a valuable teaching aid to students taking courses in engineering maintenance. This second edition has been revised and enlarged to take account of the most recent developments and illustrate their application to the solution of problems. It should also help to orient the reader to the modern concept of computer-aided maintenance. Introduction A maintenance service exists to keep equipment in running order and also to reduce the number of breakdowns.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Maintenance policies2 Organization of maintenance operations -- 3 Behaviour of physical equipment in service -- 4 Management of maintenance operations -- 5 Mathematics for maintenance: basic concepts and tools -- 6 Applications: case studies -- Exercises -- Annexe -- Maintenance software suppliers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 65
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401137003
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VI, 473 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- Unit 1 Citrus Juice Characteristics -- 2 Brix and Soluble Solids -- 3 Acids in Citrus Juices -- 4 The Brix/Acid Ratio -- 5 Testing of Fruit Samples -- 6 Citrus Oils, Aromas, and Essences -- 7 Citrus Juice Pulp -- 8 Juice Cloud -- 9 Color of Citrus Juices -- 10 Bitterness in Citrus Juices -- 11 Nutritional Content of Citrus Juices -- 12 Citrus Rheology -- 13 Citrus Processing Varieties -- Unit 2 Citrus Juice Sanitation -- 14 Inspections -- 15 Citrus Microbiology -- 16 Insects, Rodents, and Birds -- 17 Physical and Chemical Contamination -- 18 Processing Contamination -- 19 Juice Adulteration -- Unit 3 Citrus Juice By-Products -- 20 Food-Grade Nonjuice Products -- 21 Animal Feed and Fuel By-Products -- 22 Wastes from Citrus Plants -- Unit 4 Citrus Juice Management -- 23 Quality Control Statistics -- 24 Quality Control Management -- 25 Inventory Management -- Appendix A Acid Corrections to the Brix -- Appendix B GWBASIC and RPG Programs -- Appendix C HP-41C Programmable Calculator Programs -- Appendix D Answers to Select Questions and Problems.
    Kurzfassung: Citrus juices constitute the majority of the fruit juices consumed in the United States and around the world. Along with the rest of the fruit juice industry, they playa major role in the entire food industry as well. In spite of this prominence, few texts have been written on quality control technology; and most of the texts have been written by researchers who may possess great technical skill but generally are less familiar with daily routine quality control problems and con­ cerns than quality control technologists are. On the other hand, quality control technologists and managers generally do not have the time and/or the talent to write books or communicate through scientific literature. The author recognized the need for an updated, comprehensive, and easily understood text on citrus quality control. This text has been designed to be used not only by processors, bottlers, canners, and others involved in the citrus in­ dustry, but it can be of value to instructors and students of citrus technology. Researchers also can find value in the foundations laid down by the text, es­ pecially in regard to the needs and concerns of the processing industry. Also, consultants and marketing personnel will be greatly helped by understanding the concepts of this volume. Persons in related industries also will find many applications that can be easily adapted to their needs.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 IntroductionUnit 1 Citrus Juice Characteristics -- 2 Brix and Soluble Solids -- 3 Acids in Citrus Juices -- 4 The Brix/Acid Ratio -- 5 Testing of Fruit Samples -- 6 Citrus Oils, Aromas, and Essences -- 7 Citrus Juice Pulp -- 8 Juice Cloud -- 9 Color of Citrus Juices -- 10 Bitterness in Citrus Juices -- 11 Nutritional Content of Citrus Juices -- 12 Citrus Rheology -- 13 Citrus Processing Varieties -- Unit 2 Citrus Juice Sanitation -- 14 Inspections -- 15 Citrus Microbiology -- 16 Insects, Rodents, and Birds -- 17 Physical and Chemical Contamination -- 18 Processing Contamination -- 19 Juice Adulteration -- Unit 3 Citrus Juice By-Products -- 20 Food-Grade Nonjuice Products -- 21 Animal Feed and Fuel By-Products -- 22 Wastes from Citrus Plants -- Unit 4 Citrus Juice Management -- 23 Quality Control Statistics -- 24 Quality Control Management -- 25 Inventory Management -- Appendix A Acid Corrections to the Brix -- Appendix B GWBASIC and RPG Programs -- Appendix C HP-41C Programmable Calculator Programs -- Appendix D Answers to Select Questions and Problems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 66
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131025
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (xxiii, 554 p) , ill
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: One Life-history Strategies -- 1 The life strategies of mites -- 2 Life-history evolution of spider mites -- 3 Life-cycle strategies in unpredictably varying environments: genetic adaptations in a colonizing mite -- 4 The evolutionary transformation of osmotic regulation in the life cycle of freshwater mites (Hydrachnidia) -- 5 Development and life-history strategies in mussel mites (Hydrachnellae: Unionicolidae) -- Two Reproduction -- 6 Spermatology in the Acari: systematic and functional implications -- 7 The distribution, mechanisms and evolutionary significance of parthenogenesis in oribatid mites -- 8 Indirect sperm transfer in prostigmatic mites from a phylogenetic viewpoint -- 9 Spermatophore deposition in relation to atmospheric humidity among terrestrial Parasitengonae (Prostigmata) -- 10 The role of Adlerocystis sp. in the reproduction of argasid ticks -- 11 A scanning electron-microscopy study of spermatogenesis in Pergamasus barbarus Berl. (Gamasida -- 12 Precise sex-ratio control in the pseudo-arrhenotokous phytoseiid mite, Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt -- 13 Sex ratio, fitness and capacity for population increase in Pyemotes tritici (L.-F. and M.) (Pyemotidae) -- 14 Preliminary observations of ovoviviparity in the gallforming mite, Aceria caulobius (Nal.) (Eriophyidea: Eriophyidae) -- 15 Laboratory observations on duration of copulation and egg production of three phytoseiid species fed on pollen -- 16 Precopulatory mate guarding in the spider mite, Tetranychus cinnabarinus (Boisd.) (Tetranychidae) -- Three Diapause, Development and Trophic Relations -- 17 Physiological aspects of diapause in plant-inhabiting mites -- 18 Repeated induction and termination of diapause in the predacious mite, Amblyseius potentillae (Garman) (Phytoseiidae) -- 19 Inheritance of photoperiodic responses controlling diapause in the two-spotted spider mite, Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 20 Some observations on diapause in winter eggs of Panonychus ulmi (Koch) (Tetranychidae) -- 21 Reproduction, embryonic and postembryonic development of Trichouropoda obscurasimilis Hirschmann and Zirngiebl-Nicol 1961 (Anactinotrichida: Uropodina) -- 22 Resource allocation and utilization contrasts in Hypoaspis aculeifer (Can.) and Alliphis halleri (G. and R. Can.) (Mesostigmata) with emphasis on food source -- 23 The influence of different host plants on the reproductive potential of Tyrophagus putrescentiae (Schrank) and Tyrophagus neiswanderi Johnston and Bruce (Acaridae) -- 24 The relationship between house-dust mites and fungi -- 25 How plants maintain body-guards: plant exudate as a food source for phytoseiid mites -- Four Systematic, Morphology, Physiology and Behaviour -- 26 Distribution of characters and phylogenetic age — systematic problems in the higher taxa of the Oribatida -- 27 A new approach to the systematics of the genus Steganacarus (Oribatida) -- 28 The morphology of the immature stages of Phthiracaroidea (Oribatida) -- 29 A new interpretation of the epimeral theory of Grandjean -- 30 A comparison of the sclerotized parts of the reproductive organs of house-dust mites of the genus Dermatophagoides using scanning electron microscopy -- 31 Reproductive systems in Acaridida — some peculiar features -- 32 A respiratory apparatus in eggs of certain mites -- 33 Fine structure and functions of the mouthparts involved in the feeding mechanisms in Cenopalpus pulcher (Canestrini and Fanzago) (Tetranychoidea: Tenuipalpidae) -- 34 The alveolar salivary glands of the active phases of trombiculid mites (Trombiculidae) -- 35 Pigmentation in water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 36 Biomass studies of water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 37 The saltatory capacity of an oribatid mite -- 38 Thanatosis or feigning death in mites of the family Scutacaridae -- Five Field Studies and Applied Aspects -- 39 The effects of spider-mite feeding on plant performance in relation to biological control -- 40 Dispersion indices and constant precision sampling programmes for Panonychus ulmi (Koch) and Amblyseius andersoni (Chant) in Spanish apple orchards -- 41 Herbicides and the reproduction of Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 42 Phytoseiid mites associated with vines in Sicilian vineyards -- 43 Studies on mites associated with lucerne in Greece -- 44 Vertical distribution and life stages of oribatid communities on beech trees -- 45 Histiostoma murchiei Hughes and Jackson (Anoetidae) as a parasite in the cocoons of some Danish earthworms -- 46 Rearing deutonymphs of Iphidosoma fimetarium (J. Müller), a mesostigmatic mite associated with carabid beetles -- 47 Mites of the House mouse, Mus musculus L., in the north-eastern part of the Iberian Peninsula in Spain -- 48 Records of Ixodoidea from the Trentino-Alto Adige region in northern Italy -- 49 Seasonal and spatial variation in food intake by the oribatid mites of beech woodland soil -- 50 The effects of ploughing and rotary cultivation on soil mites with particular reference to the Mesostigmata -- 51 The influence of soil cultivation methods on the edaphic fauna, and especially the Gamasina (Mesostigmata), in two southern German vineyards with different cultural treatments -- 52 The density of Tarsonemida in cropped arable soil in relation to fertilizer and crop-protection treatments -- 53 Soil mites and acidification: a comparative study of four forest stands near Heidelberg -- 54 Reactions of mite populations to the influence of environmental chemicals in a beech-wood floor -- 55 Population studies on the house-dust mite. Euroglyphus maynei (Cooreman 1950) (Pyroglyphidae) -- 56 Management of mite development in the home -- 57 An indirect effect of cleaning on house-dust mites. (Dermatophagoides spp.) in carpets -- 58 Astigmatic and prostigmatic mites of grain stores, mills and sawmills in Finland -- Index to plant genera and species -- Index to animal genera and species -- Author index.
    Kurzfassung: During the Inaugural Meeting of the European Association of Acarol­ ogists (EURAAC), held in Amsterdam in 1987, it was decided that the holding of a Symposium at regular intervals should be a major objective. With this in view, it was agreed that Professor Reinhart Schuster, the senior editor, be invited to accept the Presidency of the Association and, arising from that Office, to organize the first Symposium in Austria in 1988. There was strong support for a main theme focused on a particular aspect of acarology. From these discussions there emerged the proposal that emphasis be placed on aspects of reproduction, development and life-history strategies of the Acari. These were topics in the forefront of the discipline with exciting developments of interest not only to acarologists but to a wider audience because of the light they cast on fundamental processes in physiology, ecology and evolutionary biology. The object then was to invite a small number of key workers to present extended papers related to the main theme. There were seven of these all of which appear in the book. The remaining 51 contributions were offered papers a number of which fit within the framework of the Symposium theme.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: One Life-history Strategies1 The life strategies of mites -- 2 Life-history evolution of spider mites -- 3 Life-cycle strategies in unpredictably varying environments: genetic adaptations in a colonizing mite -- 4 The evolutionary transformation of osmotic regulation in the life cycle of freshwater mites (Hydrachnidia) -- 5 Development and life-history strategies in mussel mites (Hydrachnellae: Unionicolidae) -- Two Reproduction -- 6 Spermatology in the Acari: systematic and functional implications -- 7 The distribution, mechanisms and evolutionary significance of parthenogenesis in oribatid mites -- 8 Indirect sperm transfer in prostigmatic mites from a phylogenetic viewpoint -- 9 Spermatophore deposition in relation to atmospheric humidity among terrestrial Parasitengonae (Prostigmata) -- 10 The role of Adlerocystis sp. in the reproduction of argasid ticks -- 11 A scanning electron-microscopy study of spermatogenesis in Pergamasus barbarus Berl. (Gamasida -- 12 Precise sex-ratio control in the pseudo-arrhenotokous phytoseiid mite, Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt -- 13 Sex ratio, fitness and capacity for population increase in Pyemotes tritici (L.-F. and M.) (Pyemotidae) -- 14 Preliminary observations of ovoviviparity in the gallforming mite, Aceria caulobius (Nal.) (Eriophyidea: Eriophyidae) -- 15 Laboratory observations on duration of copulation and egg production of three phytoseiid species fed on pollen -- 16 Precopulatory mate guarding in the spider mite, Tetranychus cinnabarinus (Boisd.) (Tetranychidae) -- Three Diapause, Development and Trophic Relations -- 17 Physiological aspects of diapause in plant-inhabiting mites -- 18 Repeated induction and termination of diapause in the predacious mite, Amblyseius potentillae (Garman) (Phytoseiidae) -- 19 Inheritance of photoperiodic responses controlling diapause in the two-spotted spider mite, Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 20 Some observations on diapause in winter eggs of Panonychus ulmi (Koch) (Tetranychidae) -- 21 Reproduction, embryonic and postembryonic development of Trichouropoda obscurasimilis Hirschmann and Zirngiebl-Nicol 1961 (Anactinotrichida: Uropodina) -- 22 Resource allocation and utilization contrasts in Hypoaspis aculeifer (Can.) and Alliphis halleri (G. and R. Can.) (Mesostigmata) with emphasis on food source -- 23 The influence of different host plants on the reproductive potential of Tyrophagus putrescentiae (Schrank) and Tyrophagus neiswanderi Johnston and Bruce (Acaridae) -- 24 The relationship between house-dust mites and fungi -- 25 How plants maintain body-guards: plant exudate as a food source for phytoseiid mites -- Four Systematic, Morphology, Physiology and Behaviour -- 26 Distribution of characters and phylogenetic age - systematic problems in the higher taxa of the Oribatida -- 27 A new approach to the systematics of the genus Steganacarus (Oribatida) -- 28 The morphology of the immature stages of Phthiracaroidea (Oribatida) -- 29 A new interpretation of the epimeral theory of Grandjean -- 30 A comparison of the sclerotized parts of the reproductive organs of house-dust mites of the genus Dermatophagoides using scanning electron microscopy -- 31 Reproductive systems in Acaridida - some peculiar features -- 32 A respiratory apparatus in eggs of certain mites -- 33 Fine structure and functions of the mouthparts involved in the feeding mechanisms in Cenopalpus pulcher (Canestrini and Fanzago) (Tetranychoidea: Tenuipalpidae) -- 34 The alveolar salivary glands of the active phases of trombiculid mites (Trombiculidae) -- 35 Pigmentation in water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 36 Biomass studies of water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 37 The saltatory capacity of an oribatid mite -- 38 Thanatosis or feigning death in mites of the family Scutacaridae -- Five Field Studies and Applied Aspects -- 39 The effects of spider-mite feeding on plant performance in relation to biological control -- 40 Dispersion indices and constant precision sampling programmes for Panonychus ulmi (Koch) and Amblyseius andersoni (Chant) in Spanish apple orchards -- 41 Herbicides and the reproduction of Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 42 Phytoseiid mites associated with vines in Sicilian vineyards -- 43 Studies on mites associated with lucerne in Greece -- 44 Vertical distribution and life stages of oribatid communities on beech trees -- 45 Histiostoma murchiei Hughes and Jackson (Anoetidae) as a parasite in the cocoons of some Danish earthworms -- 46 Rearing deutonymphs of Iphidosoma fimetarium (J. Müller), a mesostigmatic mite associated with carabid beetles -- 47 Mites of the House mouse, Mus musculus L., in the north-eastern part of the Iberian Peninsula in Spain -- 48 Records of Ixodoidea from the Trentino-Alto Adige region in northern Italy -- 49 Seasonal and spatial variation in food intake by the oribatid mites of beech woodland soil -- 50 The effects of ploughing and rotary cultivation on soil mites with particular reference to the Mesostigmata -- 51 The influence of soil cultivation methods on the edaphic fauna, and especially the Gamasina (Mesostigmata), in two southern German vineyards with different cultural treatments -- 52 The density of Tarsonemida in cropped arable soil in relation to fertilizer and crop-protection treatments -- 53 Soil mites and acidification: a comparative study of four forest stands near Heidelberg -- 54 Reactions of mite populations to the influence of environmental chemicals in a beech-wood floor -- 55 Population studies on the house-dust mite. Euroglyphus maynei (Cooreman 1950) (Pyroglyphidae) -- 56 Management of mite development in the home -- 57 An indirect effect of cleaning on house-dust mites. (Dermatophagoides spp.) in carpets -- 58 Astigmatic and prostigmatic mites of grain stores, mills and sawmills in Finland -- Index to plant genera and species -- Index to animal genera and species -- Author index.
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 67
    ISBN: 9789401136549
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: Opening Session -- Welcome Address -- Opening Address -- Areas Where Advanced Separation Techniques are Desirable -- Review of New Extractants Potentially Applicable to the Processing of Radioactive Liquid Wastes (Summary) -- The Truex Process: A Vital Tool for Disposal of U.S. Defense Nuclear Waste -- Session I Amines/Amides Based Extractants -- Highly Selective and Micellar Extraction of Uranyl and Alkaline-Earth Cations (Summary) -- Extraction of Metal Ions by Neutral ?-Diphosphoramides -- Treatment of Nuclear Waste Solutions Using A New Class of Extractants: Pentaalkyl Propane Diamides -- Research for Actinides Extractants from Various Wastes -- N,N Dialkylaliphatic Amides as Extractant of Platinum Group Metals -- Session II Bidentate Organophosphorus Extractants -- Application of the Teseo Process for Actinide Removal from Liquid Alpha Wastes Generated During UO2-PuO2 Fuel Fabrication Campaigns -- Separation of AM, EU and CE from Liquid Wastes with CMPO by Extraction Chromatography -- The Extraction of Actinides and Other Constituents from Highly Active Waste (HAW) by Trialkyl Phosphine Oxide (TRPO) -- Actinides Removal by Means of Octyl(Phenyl)-N,N-Diisobutyl Carbamoyl Methyl Phosphine Oxide (CMPO) Sorbed on Silica -- Application of the CMPO Extractant (Supported Liquid Membrane) for the Alpha Decontamination of Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Comparison Between CMPO and DHDECMP for Alpha Decontamination of Radioactive Liquid Waste -- Application of CMPO Containing Gels to Metal Extraction -- Session III The Calixarenes -- Potential Industrial Applications of Calixarenes -- Special Calixarenes, Synthesis and Properties -- Calixspherands as Ligands for the Complexation of Radioactive Rubidium-81 -- Research Activities on Calixarenes (Summary) -- Session IV The Crown-Ethers -- General Properties of Crown-Ethers and Their Potential for Applications in Analytical and Preparative Chemistry -- Possible Applications of Crown-Ethers to Metal Extraction Using Liquid Membrane Technology a Literature Survey -- Application of Crown-Ethers to Caesium and Strontium Removal from Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Session V Other Types of Extractants -- Synthesis of Macrocyclic Ligands and Their Application in the Separation of Rare Earths -- Separation of Actinides with Alkylpyridinium Nitrates -- Phosphonomethyl Substituted Phenols A New Class of Absorbers and Extractants for Metals -- Actinide Separations by High Pressure Cation Exchange — The Neptunium Case -- Separation of Metal Ions by Complexation-Ultrafiltration -- Session VI Inorganic Ion Exchangers/Absorbers -- Preparation and Properties of Hexacyanoferrates for the Removal of Caesium from Radioactive Waste Streams: A Review -- The Combination of Finely Divided Inorganic Ion Exchangers and Ultrafiltration for the Treatment of Low- and Medium-Level Waste -- Use of Hydrated Antimony Pentoxide (HAP) for Fission Product Removal from Irradiated U Solutions: Application to A Homogeneous Reactor Fuel Reprocessing -- Caesium Decontamination from MTR Waste Solution -- Selective ion Exchange for Chromium Recovery from Tannery Wastes -- Novel Organic, Inorganic and Modified Inorganic Materials for Waste Treatment -- The Eix Process for Radioactive Waste Treatment -- Conclusions -- Main Achievements of the Seminar -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    Kurzfassung: The purpose of this technical seminar was to evaluate the present state of the art in matter of advanced separation techniques like solvent extraction, ion-exchange, chemical precipitation, membrane and electrical processes for the treatment of radioactive liquid waste and a selection of some specific industrial non-radioactive effluents. Through this initiative, the organisers aimed at promoting the exchange of information between scientists from various origins (universities, research centres and industries) while contributing to the necessary overcoming of the artificial barriers which too often limit the "technology transfer" between the nuclear and non-nuclear sectors. Vll CONTENTS PREFACE ........................................ V ABBREVIATIONS ...................................... xiv OPENING SESSION WELCOME ADDRESS C. MANCINI (ENEA) .................................... 3 OPENING ADDRESS S. FINZI (CEC) ....................................... 7 AREAS WHERE ADVANCED SEPARATION TECHNIQUES ARE DESIRABLE G. GROSSI (ENEA), L. CECILLE (CEC) ....................... 11 REVIEW OF NEW EXTRACT ANTS POTENTIALLY APPLICABLE TO THE PROCESSING OF RADIOACTIVE LIQUID WASTES (Summary) P.R. DANESI, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 . . . . . . . . . .
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Opening SessionWelcome Address -- Opening Address -- Areas Where Advanced Separation Techniques are Desirable -- Review of New Extractants Potentially Applicable to the Processing of Radioactive Liquid Wastes (Summary) -- The Truex Process: A Vital Tool for Disposal of U.S. Defense Nuclear Waste -- Session I Amines/Amides Based Extractants -- Highly Selective and Micellar Extraction of Uranyl and Alkaline-Earth Cations (Summary) -- Extraction of Metal Ions by Neutral ?-Diphosphoramides -- Treatment of Nuclear Waste Solutions Using A New Class of Extractants: Pentaalkyl Propane Diamides -- Research for Actinides Extractants from Various Wastes -- N,N Dialkylaliphatic Amides as Extractant of Platinum Group Metals -- Session II Bidentate Organophosphorus Extractants -- Application of the Teseo Process for Actinide Removal from Liquid Alpha Wastes Generated During UO2-PuO2 Fuel Fabrication Campaigns -- Separation of AM, EU and CE from Liquid Wastes with CMPO by Extraction Chromatography -- The Extraction of Actinides and Other Constituents from Highly Active Waste (HAW) by Trialkyl Phosphine Oxide (TRPO) -- Actinides Removal by Means of Octyl(Phenyl)-N,N-Diisobutyl Carbamoyl Methyl Phosphine Oxide (CMPO) Sorbed on Silica -- Application of the CMPO Extractant (Supported Liquid Membrane) for the Alpha Decontamination of Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Comparison Between CMPO and DHDECMP for Alpha Decontamination of Radioactive Liquid Waste -- Application of CMPO Containing Gels to Metal Extraction -- Session III The Calixarenes -- Potential Industrial Applications of Calixarenes -- Special Calixarenes, Synthesis and Properties -- Calixspherands as Ligands for the Complexation of Radioactive Rubidium-81 -- Research Activities on Calixarenes (Summary) -- Session IV The Crown-Ethers -- General Properties of Crown-Ethers and Their Potential for Applications in Analytical and Preparative Chemistry -- Possible Applications of Crown-Ethers to Metal Extraction Using Liquid Membrane Technology a Literature Survey -- Application of Crown-Ethers to Caesium and Strontium Removal from Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Session V Other Types of Extractants -- Synthesis of Macrocyclic Ligands and Their Application in the Separation of Rare Earths -- Separation of Actinides with Alkylpyridinium Nitrates -- Phosphonomethyl Substituted Phenols A New Class of Absorbers and Extractants for Metals -- Actinide Separations by High Pressure Cation Exchange - The Neptunium Case -- Separation of Metal Ions by Complexation-Ultrafiltration -- Session VI Inorganic Ion Exchangers/Absorbers -- Preparation and Properties of Hexacyanoferrates for the Removal of Caesium from Radioactive Waste Streams: A Review -- The Combination of Finely Divided Inorganic Ion Exchangers and Ultrafiltration for the Treatment of Low- and Medium-Level Waste -- Use of Hydrated Antimony Pentoxide (HAP) for Fission Product Removal from Irradiated U Solutions: Application to A Homogeneous Reactor Fuel Reprocessing -- Caesium Decontamination from MTR Waste Solution -- Selective ion Exchange for Chromium Recovery from Tannery Wastes -- Novel Organic, Inorganic and Modified Inorganic Materials for Waste Treatment -- The Eix Process for Radioactive Waste Treatment -- Conclusions -- Main Achievements of the Seminar -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 68
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401130684
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction2 Characteristics of urban flora and fauna -- 2.1 Proliferation of introduced species -- 2.2 Severe disturbance -- 2.3 Increased opportunities for dispersal -- 2.4 Habitat diversity -- 2.5 Taxonomic and evolutionary aspects -- 2.6 Vertebrates -- 2.7 Invertebrates -- 2.8 Planted vegetation -- 2.9 Historical factors -- 3 The urban climate and air pollution -- 3.1 Climate -- 3.2 Air pollution -- 4 Soils in urban areas -- 4.1 The classification of urban soils -- 4.2 Conspectus -- 4.3 Characteristics of urban soils -- 4.4 Brick rubble -- 4.5 Topsoiled sites -- 5 Vegetation dynamics -- 5.1 Ecological change as greenfield sites become developed -- 5.2 Ecological change as urban land is recycled -- 5.3 Postdevelopment -- 5.4 Discussion -- 6 Urban commons -- 6.1 Plants -- 6.2 Animals -- 6.3 Research opportunities -- 7 Industrial areas -- 7.1 Raw materials -- 7.2 Buildings, structures, hard landscapes -- 7.3 Energy aspects -- 7.4 Stores and warehouses -- 7.5 Solid waste material -- 7.6 Modern trends -- 8 Railways -- 8.1 The permanent way -- 8.2 Sidings -- 8.3 Brickwork and masonry -- 8.4 Verges -- 8.5 Boundary features -- 9 Roads -- 9.1 Road design -- 9.2 Exhaust emissions -- 9.3 De-icing salt -- 9.4 Traffic stress -- 9.5 Street trees -- 9.6 Grass verges -- 9.7 Animals -- 10 City centres -- 10.1 Animals -- 10.2 Vegetation -- 10.3 Interactions -- 11 City parks -- 11.1 Habitats within a park -- 11.2 Grassland -- 11.3 Growth retardants and herbicides -- 11.4 The changing wild flora of parks -- 11.5 Lakes -- 11.6 Mammals -- 11.7 Birds -- 11.8 Invertebrates -- 12 Allotments and leisure gardens -- 12.1 Background -- 12.2 Cultivated plots -- 12.3 Secondary successions -- 12.4 Birds -- 12.5 Supplementary habitats -- 12.6 Fostering wildlife on allotments -- 13 Cemeteries -- 13.1 Background -- 13.2 Structure planting -- 13.3 Shrubs -- 13.4 The ground layer -- 13.5 Grave plots -- 13.6 Relic communities -- 13.7 Succession -- 13.8 Management options -- 14 Gardens -- 14.1 Vegetation -- 14.2 Animals -- 14.3 Discussion -- 15 Rivers, canals, ponds, lakes, reservoirs and water mains -- 15.1 Urban hydrology -- 15.2 Rivers -- 15.3 Canals -- 15.4 Ponds, lakes, reservoirs and water mains -- 16 Woodland -- 16.1 The archaeology of a small urban wood -- 16.2 Ancient seminatural woodland -- 16.3 Plantations on the site of ancient woodland -- 16.4 Spontaneous recent woodland -- 16.5 Plantations -- 16.6 Birds -- 17 Living with wildlife -- 17.1 The aesthetic conflict -- 17.2 Social considerations -- 17.3 Design and management -- 17.4 Benefits for all -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 69
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401169677
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIV, 225 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Design and Process Considerations -- 1.1 Overview -- 1.2 Assembly Packaging -- 1.3 Component Packaging -- 1.4 The Printed Wiring Assembly -- 1.5 Assembly and Solder Process -- 1.6 Cleaning Operation -- 1.7 Summary -- References -- 2 Flux Considerations with Emphasis on Low Solids -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Specifications -- 2.3 Flux Materials -- 2.4 Application Methods -- 2.5 Monitoring Techniques -- 2.6 Process Issues -- 2.7 Nonliquid Fluxes -- 2.8 Importance of Soldering Parameters -- 2.9 Summary and Trends -- References -- 3 Solvent Defluxing of Printed Wiring Board Assemblies and Surface Mount Assemblies: Materials, Processes, and Equipment -- 3.1 The Need for Cleaning -- 3.2 The Cleaning Process -- 3.3 Testing for Cleanliness -- 3.4 Environmental Concerns of Solvents -- 3.5 Conclusion -- References -- 4 Aqueous Defluxing: Materials, Processes, and Equipment -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Design Considerations -- 4.3 Process Considerations -- 4.4 Process Qualification and Control -- 4.5 Environmental Concerns -- References -- 5 Alternative Defluxing: Materials, Processes, and Equipment -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Methods and Equipment -- 5.3 Materials -- References -- 6 Defluxing for High Reliability Applications and General Environmental Issues -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Background -- 6.3 Cleanliness Requirements -- 6.4 Cleaning Materials -- 6.5 Cleaning Equipment -- 6.6 Cleanliness Verification -- 6.7 Environmental Issues -- 6.8 The Future of Cleaning -- 6.9 Conclusions -- References.
    Kurzfassung: The impetus to create this book originated from several concerns. One of these was the perceived value to the industry of a collection in one volume of a wide range of information pertinent to the reasons and techniques for de fluxing printed wiring assemblies (PWAs). This book is expected to be of use not only to those engaged in the electronics packaging industry but also to those in related fields seeking information concerning viable methods of dealing with one of the en­ vironmental issues of our time: the destruction of the ozone layer surrounding and protecting the planet with which we have been entrusted. The volume of information relative to providing PW As free of residues ad­ versely impacting operation, reliability, and life of electronic products is grow­ ing, and it will continue to expand at an accelerated rate as we seek to match our technology needs and desires with our environmental responsibilities. At the time ofthis writing, which has spanned the latter portion of 1989 and early 1990, the issue of choosing a new approach to producing PW As free of detrimental residues while using environmentally acceptable manufacturing techniques ap­ peared to be the major concern of the vast majority of those involved in the printed wiring assembly industry. To many this meant the use of different clean­ ing media and/or process or equipment enhancements; to others it meant the elimination of the need to clean through materials or process changes.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 70
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401097604
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Telecommunication. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Historical Development of Satellites -- 1.2 Communication Satellite Systems -- 1.3 Communication Satellites -- 1.4 Orbiting Satellites -- 1.5 Satellite Frequency Bands -- 1.6 Satellite Multiple-Access Formats -- References -- Problems -- 2 Modulation, Encoding, and Decoding -- 2.1 Analog Modulation -- 2.2 Analog FM Carriers -- 2.3 Digital Encoding -- 2.4 Spectral Shaping -- 2.5 Digital Decoding -- 2.6 Error-Correction Decoding -- 2.7 Block Waveform Encoding -- 2.8 Digital Throughput -- References -- Problems -- 3 The Satellite Channel -- 3.1 Electromagnetic Field Propagation -- 3.2 Antennas -- 3.3 Atmospheric Losses -- 3.4 Receiver Noise -- 3.5 Carrier-to-Noise Ratios -- 3.6 Satellite Link Analysis -- 3.7 Dual Polarization -- 3.8 Effect of Depolarization on Dual Polarized Communications -- 3.9 Spot Beams in Satellite Downlinks -- References -- Problems -- 4 Satellite Electronics -- 4.1 The Transponder Model -- 4.2 The Satellite Front End -- 4.3 RF Filtering of Digital Carriers -- 4.4 Satellite Signal Processing -- 4.5 Frequency Generators -- 4.6 Transponder Limiting -- 4.7 Nonlinear Satellite Amplifiers -- References -- Problems -- 5 Frequency—Division Multiple Access -- 5.1 The FDMA System -- 5.2 Nonlinear Amplification with Multiple FDMA Carriers -- 5.3 FDMA Nonlinear Analysis -- 5.4 FDMA Channelization -- 5.5 AM/PM Conversion with FDMA -- 5.6 Satellite-Switched FDMA -- References -- Problems -- 6 Time-Division Multiple Access -- 6.1 The TDMA System -- 6.2 Preamble Design -- 6.3 Satellite Effects on TDMA Performance -- 6.4 Network Synchronization -- 6.5 SS-TDMA -- References -- Problems -- 7 Code-Division Multiple Access -- 7.1 Direct-Sequence CDMA Systems -- 7.2 Code Generation for DS-CDMA Systems -- 7.3 Performance of DS-CDMA Systems -- 7.4 Combined Error Correction and Code Addressing in DS-CDMA -- 7.5 Antijam Advantages of Direct Code Addressing -- 7.6 Satellite Jamming with DS-CDMA -- 7.7 DS-CDMA Code Acquisition and Tracking -- References -- Problems -- 8 Frequency-Hopped Communications -- 8.1 The Frequency-Hopped System -- 8.2 Frequency-Hopping Synthesizers -- 8.3 Performance of Frequency-Hopped Systems -- 8.4 Frequency-Hopped CDMA Systems -- 8.5 Jamming in Frequency-Hopped Systems -- 8.6 Code Acquisition and Tracking in FH Systems -- References -- Problems -- 9 On-Board Processing -- 9.1 On-Board Processing Subsystems -- 9.2 Baseband Digital Decoding -- 9.3 Data Reclocking, Routing, and Multiplexing -- 9.4 TDM-FDM Conversion -- 9.5 On-Board Remodulation -- 9.6 On-Board Baseband Processing with Beam Hopping -- 9.7 Multiple Spot Beaming -- 9.8 Photonic On-Board Processing -- References -- Problems -- 10 Satellite Crosslinks -- 10.1 The Crosslink System -- 10.2 Crossline Power Budget -- 10.3 Coherent and Noncoherent Communications at EHF -- 10.4 Autotracking -- 10.5 Autotrack Loop Analysis -- 10.6 Effect of Autotract Pointing Errors on PE -- 10.7 Optical Crosslinks -- References -- Problems -- 11 VSAT and Mobile-Satellite Systems -- 11.1 VSAT-Satellite-System Concept -- 11.2 Small-Terminal-Satellite Link Analysis -- 11.3 VSAT and Hub Networks -- 11.4 Direct Home TV Broadcasting -- 11.5 The Mobile-Satellite Channel -- 11.6 Communicating over the Mobile-Satellite Channel -- 11.7 Interleaving to Combat Deep Fading -- 11.8 Combined Coding and Modulation for the Mobile Channel -- References -- Problems -- Appendices -- A Review of Digital Communications -- A.1 Baseband Digital Waveforms -- A.2 BPSK Systems -- A.3 QPSK Carrier Waveform -- A.4 FSK -- A.5 DPSK -- A.6 MPSP -- A.7 Correlation Detection of Orthogonal BPSK -- A.8 MFSK -- A.9 Effect of Phase Noise on Noncoherent FSK and DPSK Systems -- A.10 MASK -- References -- B Carrier Recovery and bit Timing -- B.1 Carrier Recovery -- B.2 BPSK Carrier Recovery -- B.3 QPSK Carrier Referencing -- B.4 MPSK Carrier Referencing Systems -- B.5 Bit Timing -- References -- C Satellite Ranging and Position Location Systems -- C.1 Ranging Systems -- C.2 Component Range Codes -- C.3 Tone-Ranging Systems -- C.4 Position Locating and Navigation -- D Nonlinear Amplification of Carrier Waveforms.
    Kurzfassung: This second edition of Satellite Communications is a revised, updated, and improved version of the first edition (Van Nostrand, 1984) and has been extended to include many newer topics that are rapidly becoming important in modem and next-generation satellite systems. The first half of the book again covers the basics of satellite links, but has been updated to include additional areas such as Global Positioning and deep space satellites, dual polarization, multiple beaming, advanced satellite electronics, frequency synthesizers, and digital frequency generators. The second half of the book is all new, covering frequency and beam hopping, on-board processing, EHF and optical cross­ links, and mobile satellites and VSAT systems. All of these latter topics figure to be important aspects of satellite systems and space platforms of the twenty-first century. As in the first edition, the objective of the new edition is to present a unified approach to satellite communications, helping the reader to become familiar with the terminology, models, analysis procedures, and evolving design directions for modem and future satellites. The presentation stresses overall system analysis and block diagram design, as opposed to complicated mathematical or physics descriptions. (Backup mathematics is relegated to the appendices where a reader can digest the detail at his own pace. ) The discussion begins with the simplest satellite systems and builds to the more complex payloads presently being used.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction1.1 Historical Development of Satellites -- 1.2 Communication Satellite Systems -- 1.3 Communication Satellites -- 1.4 Orbiting Satellites -- 1.5 Satellite Frequency Bands -- 1.6 Satellite Multiple-Access Formats -- References -- Problems -- 2 Modulation, Encoding, and Decoding -- 2.1 Analog Modulation -- 2.2 Analog FM Carriers -- 2.3 Digital Encoding -- 2.4 Spectral Shaping -- 2.5 Digital Decoding -- 2.6 Error-Correction Decoding -- 2.7 Block Waveform Encoding -- 2.8 Digital Throughput -- References -- Problems -- 3 The Satellite Channel -- 3.1 Electromagnetic Field Propagation -- 3.2 Antennas -- 3.3 Atmospheric Losses -- 3.4 Receiver Noise -- 3.5 Carrier-to-Noise Ratios -- 3.6 Satellite Link Analysis -- 3.7 Dual Polarization -- 3.8 Effect of Depolarization on Dual Polarized Communications -- 3.9 Spot Beams in Satellite Downlinks -- References -- Problems -- 4 Satellite Electronics -- 4.1 The Transponder Model -- 4.2 The Satellite Front End -- 4.3 RF Filtering of Digital Carriers -- 4.4 Satellite Signal Processing -- 4.5 Frequency Generators -- 4.6 Transponder Limiting -- 4.7 Nonlinear Satellite Amplifiers -- References -- Problems -- 5 Frequency-Division Multiple Access -- 5.1 The FDMA System -- 5.2 Nonlinear Amplification with Multiple FDMA Carriers -- 5.3 FDMA Nonlinear Analysis -- 5.4 FDMA Channelization -- 5.5 AM/PM Conversion with FDMA -- 5.6 Satellite-Switched FDMA -- References -- Problems -- 6 Time-Division Multiple Access -- 6.1 The TDMA System -- 6.2 Preamble Design -- 6.3 Satellite Effects on TDMA Performance -- 6.4 Network Synchronization -- 6.5 SS-TDMA -- References -- Problems -- 7 Code-Division Multiple Access -- 7.1 Direct-Sequence CDMA Systems -- 7.2 Code Generation for DS-CDMA Systems -- 7.3 Performance of DS-CDMA Systems -- 7.4 Combined Error Correction and Code Addressing in DS-CDMA -- 7.5 Antijam Advantages of Direct Code Addressing -- 7.6 Satellite Jamming with DS-CDMA -- 7.7 DS-CDMA Code Acquisition and Tracking -- References -- Problems -- 8 Frequency-Hopped Communications -- 8.1 The Frequency-Hopped System -- 8.2 Frequency-Hopping Synthesizers -- 8.3 Performance of Frequency-Hopped Systems -- 8.4 Frequency-Hopped CDMA Systems -- 8.5 Jamming in Frequency-Hopped Systems -- 8.6 Code Acquisition and Tracking in FH Systems -- References -- Problems -- 9 On-Board Processing -- 9.1 On-Board Processing Subsystems -- 9.2 Baseband Digital Decoding -- 9.3 Data Reclocking, Routing, and Multiplexing -- 9.4 TDM-FDM Conversion -- 9.5 On-Board Remodulation -- 9.6 On-Board Baseband Processing with Beam Hopping -- 9.7 Multiple Spot Beaming -- 9.8 Photonic On-Board Processing -- References -- Problems -- 10 Satellite Crosslinks -- 10.1 The Crosslink System -- 10.2 Crossline Power Budget -- 10.3 Coherent and Noncoherent Communications at EHF -- 10.4 Autotracking -- 10.5 Autotrack Loop Analysis -- 10.6 Effect of Autotract Pointing Errors on PE -- 10.7 Optical Crosslinks -- References -- Problems -- 11 VSAT and Mobile-Satellite Systems -- 11.1 VSAT-Satellite-System Concept -- 11.2 Small-Terminal-Satellite Link Analysis -- 11.3 VSAT and Hub Networks -- 11.4 Direct Home TV Broadcasting -- 11.5 The Mobile-Satellite Channel -- 11.6 Communicating over the Mobile-Satellite Channel -- 11.7 Interleaving to Combat Deep Fading -- 11.8 Combined Coding and Modulation for the Mobile Channel -- References -- Problems -- Appendices -- A Review of Digital Communications -- A.1 Baseband Digital Waveforms -- A.2 BPSK Systems -- A.3 QPSK Carrier Waveform -- A.4 FSK -- A.5 DPSK -- A.6 MPSP -- A.7 Correlation Detection of Orthogonal BPSK -- A.8 MFSK -- A.9 Effect of Phase Noise on Noncoherent FSK and DPSK Systems -- A.10 MASK -- References -- B Carrier Recovery and bit Timing -- B.1 Carrier Recovery -- B.2 BPSK Carrier Recovery -- B.3 QPSK Carrier Referencing -- B.4 MPSK Carrier Referencing Systems -- B.5 Bit Timing -- References -- C Satellite Ranging and Position Location Systems -- C.1 Ranging Systems -- C.2 Component Range Codes -- C.3 Tone-Ranging Systems -- C.4 Position Locating and Navigation -- D Nonlinear Amplification of Carrier Waveforms.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 71
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400907515
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Nutrient supply to the newborn ruminant -- 2. Energy nutrition of rumen micro-organisms -- 3. Manipulation of rumen fermentation and associative effects -- 4. Host animal control of microbial fermentation and host animal digestion -- 5. Absorption of nutrients -- 6. Energy metabolism of the host animal -- 7. Utilization of the energy of absorbed nutrients -- 8. Feed quality and feed intake -- 9. Feed evaluation, past and present -- 10. Towards future feed evaluation systems.
    Kurzfassung: This book is intended to be a companion volume to 'Protein Nutrition in Ruminants' (1982, Academic Press), which emphasized both the role of proteins and new systems for their evaluation. Here the focus is on energy-yielding nutrients and problems involved in evaluating them. Nonetheless in both volumes there is explicit recognition of the interdependence of energy and protein nutrition. I have not attempted to review comprehensively all the literature relating to ruminant energy nutrition and must apologize to colleagues whose work is not fully reported. Where possible tables and figures are taken from the studies of our group at the Rowett Research Institute since, if for no other reason, I am most familiar with these data. I have first considered the nutrition of the newborn and have stressed the role of behaviour 'in determining whether nutrients enter or bypass the rumen. The development of the rumen, the of anaerobic fermentation and the roles of various principles . species of rumen bacteria, protozoa and fungi in relation to different substrates, are summarized. This is followed by accounts of the factors affecting the utilization of different substrates and the v vi Preface absorption and metabolism of the end-products of fermentation and digestion, together with estimates of digestive capacity in various segments of the gut. The ruminant's requirements for energy-yielding nutrients is considered in relation to the per­ formance of various activities and to environmental conditions, particular attention being paid to the requirement for glucose precursors.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Nutrient supply to the newborn ruminant2. Energy nutrition of rumen micro-organisms -- 3. Manipulation of rumen fermentation and associative effects -- 4. Host animal control of microbial fermentation and host animal digestion -- 5. Absorption of nutrients -- 6. Energy metabolism of the host animal -- 7. Utilization of the energy of absorbed nutrients -- 8. Feed quality and feed intake -- 9. Feed evaluation, past and present -- 10. Towards future feed evaluation systems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 72
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401138345
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: Section 1 Introductory -- 1 General Introduction -- 2 Constitution and Formulation of PVC Materials -- Section 2 Constituents of PVC Compositions -- 3 PVC Polymers -- 4 Stabilisers -- 5 Plasticisers -- 6 Fillers -- 7 Lubricants -- 8 Polymeric Modifiers -- 9 Miscellaneous Additives -- Section 3 Production (Compounding) of Solid PVC Compositions -- 10 Solid (‘Dry’) PVC Compositions -- 11 Compounding: Operations and Equipment -- Section 4 Processing of Solid PVC Compositions into Products -- 12 Main Types of PVC Products and Methods of Their Production -- 13 Extrusion -- 14 Calendering -- 15 Blow Moulding -- 16 Injection Moulding -- 17 Other Processes -- Section 5 Liquid PVC Compositions: Nature, Preparation, Processing, and Applications -- 18 PVC Pastes -- 19 Solutions -- 20 PVC Latices -- Section 6 Post-production Processing of PVC Products -- 21 Fabrication, Conversion and Related Processing of PYC Sheet and Parts -- 22 External Treatments of PVC Products -- Section 7 Applications of PVC Products, and Some Important Application-Related Properties -- 23 Miscellaneous PVC Products and Their Applications -- 24 PVC Properties of Special Significance in Some Important Usage Contexts -- Appendix 1 Some Material Properties of PVC Products and Compounds -- Appendix 2 Quantities and Units: The SI System: Unit Conversion Tables -- Appendix 3 Abbreviations (Letter Symbols) Used in This Book for Some Polymers, Their Derivative Plastics, and Certain Monomers.
    Kurzfassung: This book originated from my Publisher's request for anew, concise account of PVC plastics in terms of their nature, properties, process­ ing, and applications. There is thus, inevitably, an extensive thematic overlap with my-still relatively recent-PVC Technology (4th edi­ tion), and I have drawn liberally on that source for a substantial amount of relevant basic material. However, the present book is by no means merely an abridgement of the earlier one: whilst indeed considerably shorter, it is not only comparable in scope and general coverage of the subject, but also contains much new information. I have made a point of again strongly featuring the numerous standards relevant-and in many cases cardinal-to the testing and characterisa­ tion of PVC materials and products, and to the evaluation of their properties and performance: these standards are an indispensable part of the technology of PVC plastics, and nobody concerned with any aspect of this complex subject should fail to recognise that fact. It is ever a pleasure to express appreciation and thanks where they are due. I am grateful to Dipl-Ing. H. E. Luben of Brabender OHG, Duisburg, FRG, not only for the up-to-date information he provided on Brabender equipment, but also most particularly for his exception­ ally friendly, helpful attitude in all our contacts, and for the trouble he took to make some illustrations and figures available in the form convenient for direct reproduction.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Section 1 Introductory1 General Introduction -- 2 Constitution and Formulation of PVC Materials -- Section 2 Constituents of PVC Compositions -- 3 PVC Polymers -- 4 Stabilisers -- 5 Plasticisers -- 6 Fillers -- 7 Lubricants -- 8 Polymeric Modifiers -- 9 Miscellaneous Additives -- Section 3 Production (Compounding) of Solid PVC Compositions -- 10 Solid (‘Dry’) PVC Compositions -- 11 Compounding: Operations and Equipment -- Section 4 Processing of Solid PVC Compositions into Products -- 12 Main Types of PVC Products and Methods of Their Production -- 13 Extrusion -- 14 Calendering -- 15 Blow Moulding -- 16 Injection Moulding -- 17 Other Processes -- Section 5 Liquid PVC Compositions: Nature, Preparation, Processing, and Applications -- 18 PVC Pastes -- 19 Solutions -- 20 PVC Latices -- Section 6 Post-production Processing of PVC Products -- 21 Fabrication, Conversion and Related Processing of PYC Sheet and Parts -- 22 External Treatments of PVC Products -- Section 7 Applications of PVC Products, and Some Important Application-Related Properties -- 23 Miscellaneous PVC Products and Their Applications -- 24 PVC Properties of Special Significance in Some Important Usage Contexts -- Appendix 1 Some Material Properties of PVC Products and Compounds -- Appendix 2 Quantities and Units: The SI System: Unit Conversion Tables -- Appendix 3 Abbreviations (Letter Symbols) Used in This Book for Some Polymers, Their Derivative Plastics, and Certain Monomers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 73
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400908376
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Patterns and processes in helminth parasite communities: an overview -- 2 Host populations as resources defining parasite community organization -- 3 Spatial scale and the processes structuring a guild of larval trematode parasites -- 4 Guild structure of larval trematodes in molluscan hosts: prevalence, dominance and significance in competition -- 5 Helminth communities in marine fishes -- 6 Helminth communities in freshwater fish: structured communities of stochastic assemblages? -- 7 Helminth communities of amphibians and reptiles: comparative approaches to understanding patterns and processes -- 8 Helminth communities in avian hosts: determinants of pattern -- 9 Helminth community of mammalian hosts: concepts at the infracommunity, component and compound community levels -- 10 Models for multi-species parasite-host communities -- 11 Free-living communities and alimentary tract helminths: hypotheses and pattern analyses -- 12 Concluding remarks.
    Kurzfassung: We first discussed the possibility of organizing a symposium on helminth communities in June, 1986. At that time, we were engaged in writing a joint paper on potential structuring mechanisms in helminth communities; we disagreed on a number of issues. We felt the reason for such debate was because the discipline was in a great state of flux, with many new concepts and approaches being introduced with increasing frequency. After consider­ able discussion about the need, scope and the inevitable limitations of such a symposium, we decided that the time was ripe to bring other ecologists, engaged in similar research, face-to-face. There were many individuals from whom to choose; we selected those who were actively publishing on helminth communities or those who had expertise in areas which we felt were particularly appropriate. We compiled a list of potential participants, contacted them and received unanimous support to organize such a symposium. Our intent was to cover several broad areas, fully recognizing that breadth negates depth (at least with a publisher's limitation on the number of pages). We felt it important to consider patterns amongst different kinds of hosts because this is where we had disagreed among ourselves.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Patterns and processes in helminth parasite communities: an overview2 Host populations as resources defining parasite community organization -- 3 Spatial scale and the processes structuring a guild of larval trematode parasites -- 4 Guild structure of larval trematodes in molluscan hosts: prevalence, dominance and significance in competition -- 5 Helminth communities in marine fishes -- 6 Helminth communities in freshwater fish: structured communities of stochastic assemblages? -- 7 Helminth communities of amphibians and reptiles: comparative approaches to understanding patterns and processes -- 8 Helminth communities in avian hosts: determinants of pattern -- 9 Helminth community of mammalian hosts: concepts at the infracommunity, component and compound community levels -- 10 Models for multi-species parasite-host communities -- 11 Free-living communities and alimentary tract helminths: hypotheses and pattern analyses -- 12 Concluding remarks.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 74
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401168687
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Marketing. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: to Marketing Communications -- One Communications and the Marketing Mix -- 1 A Broader Look at the Marketing Mix -- 2 Communications in Relation to the Product Life Cycle -- 3 How Well do Names and Brands Communicate? -- 4 The Product Image and Packaging -- 5 How Does Price Communicate? -- 6 Corporate Identity -- Two Internal Communications -- 7 Internal Communications: Media and Methods -- 8 Sales Conferences -- 9 Sales Contests and Incentives -- 10 Communicating with Sales Staff -- Three Communicating with the Trade -- 11 Dealer Activities -- 12 Communicating with the Trade -- Four Communications with Customers -- 13 Consumer Behaviour -- 14 Market Education -- 15 The After Market -- Five Special Communication Techniques -- 16 Advertising -- 17 Sales Promotion -- 18 Direct Response Marketing -- 19 Public Relations -- 20 Sponsorships -- 21 Marketing Research -- Appendix I Bibliography -- Appendix II Associations and Educational Bodies -- Appendix III Syllabus for Marketing Communications, Chartered Institute of Marketing Diploma (as revised 1988).
    Kurzfassung: Marketing communications is a subject which has become popular in both marketing and public relations circles, but sometimes with different parameters. There are those who prefer to confine marketing communications to promotional activities, which is mostly an academic point of view, and there are those who see the subject in broader terms, embracing every form of communication used in marketing, which is how the subject is practised in the business world. While the author has long experience as a teacher and examiner, he also continues to be a professional practitioner. Consequently, the book aims to serve those concerned with both the academic and the professional in terpreta tions of marketing comm unica tions. I t is of course hoped that those who adopt the academic approach to the subject will eventually acknowledge that there is more to marketing communi­ cations than advertising, sales promotion, selling, marketing research and public relations. It is also necessary to realise that public relations embraces much more than the 'publicity' in the 4Ps promotion box. Without wishing to be contentious, this broad approach is proposed so that communications of all kinds throughout the marketing strategy can have maximum effect. Very little has been published on this subject, and the book is therefore a pioneer attempt to establish the practical parameters of modern marketing communications. There are so many broad and narrow interpretations of marketing communications, but it is hoped that this book will be useful to teachers, students and practitioners of the subject.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: to Marketing CommunicationsOne Communications and the Marketing Mix -- 1 A Broader Look at the Marketing Mix -- 2 Communications in Relation to the Product Life Cycle -- 3 How Well do Names and Brands Communicate? -- 4 The Product Image and Packaging -- 5 How Does Price Communicate? -- 6 Corporate Identity -- Two Internal Communications -- 7 Internal Communications: Media and Methods -- 8 Sales Conferences -- 9 Sales Contests and Incentives -- 10 Communicating with Sales Staff -- Three Communicating with the Trade -- 11 Dealer Activities -- 12 Communicating with the Trade -- Four Communications with Customers -- 13 Consumer Behaviour -- 14 Market Education -- 15 The After Market -- Five Special Communication Techniques -- 16 Advertising -- 17 Sales Promotion -- 18 Direct Response Marketing -- 19 Public Relations -- 20 Sponsorships -- 21 Marketing Research -- Appendix I Bibliography -- Appendix II Associations and Educational Bodies -- Appendix III Syllabus for Marketing Communications, Chartered Institute of Marketing Diploma (as revised 1988).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 75
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400904217
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: One Cells and Development -- 1 Innervation of teeth: developmental aspects -- 2 Odontoblasts: developmental aspects -- 3 Dental pulp fibroblasts in culture -- 4 Concluding remarks -- Two Anatomical Aspects of the Pulp — Odontoblast and Vascular Architecture -- 5 Role of the odontoblast process -- 6 Change of vascular architecture of dental pulp with growth -- 7 Concluding remarks -- Three Physiological Aspects of the Pulp — Microcirculatory and Sensory Functions -- 8 Intradental sensory units -- 9 Microcirculation: function and regulation in microvasculature -- 10 Haemodynamic regulation of the dental pulp -- 11 Interstitial fluid pressure and transmicrovascular fluid flow -- 12 Concluding remarks -- Four Biochemical Aspects of the Pulp — Enzymes and Matrix -- 13 Enzymes of the glycolytic pathway-phosphofructokinase, pyruvate kinase and lactate dehydrogenase -- 14 Collagenase synthesis by odontoblast-like cells (RP cells) preparation of monoclonal antibodies against RP cell collagenase and characterization of the enzyme -- 15 Dental pulp matrix — collagens and glycoproteins -- 16 Glycosaminoglycans in dental pulp -- 17 Concluding remarks -- Five Neuroregulators — Classic Neurotransmitters -- 18 The adrenergic system and dental pulp -- 19 The cholinergic system and the dental pulp -- 20 Concluding remarks -- Six Neuroregulators — Neuropeptides -- 21 Distribution of peptidergic nerves -- 22 Functions of peptidergic nerves -- 23 Concluding remarks -- Seven Bioactive Substances -- 24 Neurotrophic substances -- 25 Bradykinin and enkephalins -- 26 Prostaglandins and leukotrienes in dental pulp: their possible roles in pulp pathophysiology -- 27 Concluding remarks -- Eight Pathological Aspects of the Pulp and Medication -- 28 Reactions of dental sensory innervation to injury and inflammation -- 29 Proteases in inflammation -- 30 Arachidonic acid metabolism and antiseptics -- 31 Concluding Remarks.
    Kurzfassung: This book presents a circumspective overview and update of the present existing knowledge of the biology, chemistry and pathophysiology of the dental pulp. It details numerous observations of a group of highly specialized investigators who have united in the common purpose of presenting their observations for the benefit of clinicians, teachers, researchers and students. Fortunately, the dental literature presents abundant research findings about pulp biology and the pulp's responses to various stimuli. This abundance has resulted in an increased interest and expansion of research on this subject. For example, publications abound on the response of pulp tissue to various medications and to a variety of types of dental materials which may be placed near to or at some distance from the pulp through the medium of dentine. One of the reasons the pulp is of such interest is that it not only provides the vitality to the teeth but also produces the dentine - both the primary and secondary, as well as reparative. The latter-type dentine is a result of the pulp's functions in response to disease as the former dentine is in response to health. As an example, some investigators have reported the effects of cutting of dentine and the placement of restorations in dentine which in turn reflect changes on the pulp tissue. These reports have raised a number of questions, which in turn have created a need for answers.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: One Cells and Development1 Innervation of teeth: developmental aspects -- 2 Odontoblasts: developmental aspects -- 3 Dental pulp fibroblasts in culture -- 4 Concluding remarks -- Two Anatomical Aspects of the Pulp - Odontoblast and Vascular Architecture -- 5 Role of the odontoblast process -- 6 Change of vascular architecture of dental pulp with growth -- 7 Concluding remarks -- Three Physiological Aspects of the Pulp - Microcirculatory and Sensory Functions -- 8 Intradental sensory units -- 9 Microcirculation: function and regulation in microvasculature -- 10 Haemodynamic regulation of the dental pulp -- 11 Interstitial fluid pressure and transmicrovascular fluid flow -- 12 Concluding remarks -- Four Biochemical Aspects of the Pulp - Enzymes and Matrix -- 13 Enzymes of the glycolytic pathway-phosphofructokinase, pyruvate kinase and lactate dehydrogenase -- 14 Collagenase synthesis by odontoblast-like cells (RP cells) preparation of monoclonal antibodies against RP cell collagenase and characterization of the enzyme -- 15 Dental pulp matrix - collagens and glycoproteins -- 16 Glycosaminoglycans in dental pulp -- 17 Concluding remarks -- Five Neuroregulators - Classic Neurotransmitters -- 18 The adrenergic system and dental pulp -- 19 The cholinergic system and the dental pulp -- 20 Concluding remarks -- Six Neuroregulators - Neuropeptides -- 21 Distribution of peptidergic nerves -- 22 Functions of peptidergic nerves -- 23 Concluding remarks -- Seven Bioactive Substances -- 24 Neurotrophic substances -- 25 Bradykinin and enkephalins -- 26 Prostaglandins and leukotrienes in dental pulp: their possible roles in pulp pathophysiology -- 27 Concluding remarks -- Eight Pathological Aspects of the Pulp and Medication -- 28 Reactions of dental sensory innervation to injury and inflammation -- 29 Proteases in inflammation -- 30 Arachidonic acid metabolism and antiseptics -- 31 Concluding Remarks.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 76
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400908413
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: One Software Developments Introduction -- Scientific software in Ada -- Linear algebra support modules for approximation and other software -- Packages for solving almost block diagonal linear systems arising in spline collocation at Gaussian points with monomial basis functions -- Developments in the NAG library software for parabolic equations -- Recent developments in mathematical software at IMSL -- Two Processing Techniques: parallel processing, neural networks, and computer arithmetic Introduction -- Scientific library software for highly parallel computers -- Fortran 8x features and the exploitation of parallelism -- An introduction to neural networks -- Algorithms for the elementary functions in level-index arithmetic -- Three Symbolic and Exact Computation Introduction -- Symbolic algebra systems in teaching and research -- Recent developments in automatic differentiation -- An efficient algorithm for the generation of homogeneous harmonic polynomials -- Four Software Enhancements: computer graphics and expert systems Introduction -- Computer graphics for scientific computing -- What do we mean by expert systems? -- Expert systems for numerical software -- Numerical problem-solving environments — current and future trends -- An advisory expert system for curve and surface fitting.
    Kurzfassung: The main aim of this book is to present a broader view of scientific software than has been common in the past. The provision of scientific software is no longer a matter of just writing 'good computer programs', but rather it is concerned with the development of an integrated software system wI-,ich offers the user facilities which approach all that he needs in terms of speed, accuracy and convenience. This means that due account must, for example, be taken of the high-speed computing capabilities of parallel processors, the exact computing features of symbolic mathematical systems, the presentational potentialities of computer graphics, and the advisory aspects of knowledge-based and expert systems. When suites of numerical software programs or routines are supported by such ranges of facilities, then they can be justly described as 'scientific software systems', and that is why we have adopted such a title here. The assembly of this book was a direct consequence of the running of a one-day international symposium, with the same broad aim of advocating a 'systems approach', under the title 'Scientific Software and Systems'. This Symposium was held at the Royal Military College of Science (RMCS) in Shrivenham on July 11, 1988 and was attended by 85 people. A very busy but most enjoyable day included invited talks, poster presentations and demonstrations of software products, not to mention various social activi­ ties.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: One Software Developments IntroductionScientific software in Ada -- Linear algebra support modules for approximation and other software -- Packages for solving almost block diagonal linear systems arising in spline collocation at Gaussian points with monomial basis functions -- Developments in the NAG library software for parabolic equations -- Recent developments in mathematical software at IMSL -- Two Processing Techniques: parallel processing, neural networks, and computer arithmetic Introduction -- Scientific library software for highly parallel computers -- Fortran 8x features and the exploitation of parallelism -- An introduction to neural networks -- Algorithms for the elementary functions in level-index arithmetic -- Three Symbolic and Exact Computation Introduction -- Symbolic algebra systems in teaching and research -- Recent developments in automatic differentiation -- An efficient algorithm for the generation of homogeneous harmonic polynomials -- Four Software Enhancements: computer graphics and expert systems Introduction -- Computer graphics for scientific computing -- What do we mean by expert systems? -- Expert systems for numerical software -- Numerical problem-solving environments - current and future trends -- An advisory expert system for curve and surface fitting.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 77
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400908291
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction1.1 The diversity of teleost fishes -- 1.2 Defining the problem -- 1.3 Organization of the text -- 1.4 Adaptive response to environmental change -- 1.5 Summary and conclusions -- 2 Environmental and organismic constraints -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Body form and locomotion -- 2.3 Respiration and gill structure -- 2.4 Sensory capacities -- 2.5 Summary and conclusions -- 3 Feeding -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Trophic categories in fishes -- 3.3 Morphological adaptations for feeding -- 3.4 Diet composition -- 3.5 Temporal changes in diet composition -- 3.6 Factors that determine the rate of food consumption -- 3.7 Flexibility in the feeding ecology of fishes -- 3.8 Summary and conclusions -- 4 Bioenergetics -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Structure of an energy budget -- 4.3 Effects of environmental factors on metabolism -- 4.4 Examples of energy budgets -- 4.5 Summary and conclusions -- 5 Use of time and space -- 5.1 Introducton -- 5.2 Methods of studying the use of time and space -- 5.3 Temporal patterns of fish movement -- 5.4 Patterns and movement and the use of space -- 5.5 Summary and conclusions -- 6 Growth -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Definition and measurement of growth -- 6.3 Patterns of growth -- 6.4 Factors affecting growth rates -- 6.5 Endogenous control of growth rates -- 6.6 Modelling the growth of fish -- 6.7 Summary and conclusions -- 7 Reproduction -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Timing of reproduction -- 7.3 The site of reproduction -- 7.4 Allocation of resources to reproduction -- 7.5 Allocation to individual progeny -- 7.6 Unusual reproductive strategies -- 7.7 Summary and conclusions -- 8 Biotic interactions: I. Predation and parasitism -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Predation -- 8.3 Pathogens -- 8.4 Summary and conclusions -- 9 Biotic interactions: II. Competition and mutualism -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Competition -- 9.3 Mutualism -- 9.4 Summary and conclusions -- 10 Dynamics of population abundance and production -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Defining the population -- 10.3 Estimation of fish abundance -- 10.4 Measures of the rate of population change -- 10.5 Measurement of mortality rates -- 10.6 Patterns of mortality in fish populations -- 10.7 Regulation of fish populations and the stock-recruitment relationship -- 10.8 Models of population growth -- 10.9 Concept of production -- 10.10 Measurement of production -- 10.11 Bioenergetic basis of production -- 10.12 Magnitude of population production -- 10.13 Summary and conclusions -- 11 Life-history strategies -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Evolution of life-history patterns -- 11.3 Cost of reproduction and the consequences -- 11.4 Bioenergetics of life-history patterns -- 11.5 Phenotypic plasticity of life-history traits -- 11.6 Life-history patterns and exploitation -- 11.7 Summary and conclusions -- 12 Fish assemblages -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 General patterns of species diversity -- 12.3 Historical factors in species diversity -- 12.4 Contemporary determinants of species diversity -- 12.5 Examples of fish assemblages -- 12.6 Characteristics of fish assemblages -- 12.7 Community-wide properties -- 12.8 Summary and conclusions -- References -- Species Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 78
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401160445
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction -- How (and Why) Circuits Are Tested -- Key Testability Techniques -- Testability Definitions -- Why Is Testability Important? -- Testability Awareness -- Testability Commitment -- Testability Benefits -- Testability Trends for the Future -- Design-to-Test Overview -- 2 System Level Guidelines -- System Analysis -- System Level Testability Guidelines -- 3 General Digital Circuit Guidelines -- Initialization -- Asynchronous Circuits and One-Shots -- Interfaces -- Built-in Test Diagnostics -- Feedback Loops -- Oscillators and Clocks -- Fan-in and Fan-out Considerations -- Bussed Logic -- Buffers -- Visibility Points -- Partitioning Functions into Logically Separable Units -- Wired OR/AND Functions -- Counters and Shift Registers -- Additional General Digital Board Guidelines -- Guidelines for Programmable Logic Devices -- 4 General Analog Circuit Guidelines -- General Analog Testability Guidelines -- Analog Circuit Elements -- Frequency Considerations -- High-Frequency Analog Circuits 81 Additional General Analog Circuit Guidelines -- Testability Guidelines for Hybrid Circuits -- 5 LSI/VLSI Board Level Guidelines -- LSI/VLSI Board Advantages and Disadvantages -- Partitioning of LSI/VLSI-Based Boards -- Controllability of LSI/VLSI-Based Boards -- Visibility on LSI/VLSI-Based Boards -- Initialization -- Synchronization -- Self-Tests -- Device Standardization -- Summary of LSI/VLSI Board Guidelines -- 6 Merchant Devices on Boards -- General Guidelines Using Merchant Devices -- The 8080A Microprocessor Family -- The 8085A Microprocessor Family -- The 8048 Microprocessor Family -- The 8086 Microprocessor Family -- The 80186 Processor -- The 80286 Processor -- The 80386 Processor -- The Z80 Microprocessor Family -- The Z8000 Microprocessor Family -- The 6800 Microprocessor Family -- The 2901 Microprocessor Family -- The 68000 Processor Family -- The 68020 Processor -- The 68030 Processor -- The 88000 RISC Processor Family -- The 320C2x DSP Device Family -- Merchant Semiconductor Use Guidelines Summary -- 7 LSI/VLSI ASIC Level Techniques -- Level Sensitive Scan Design (LSSD) -- Scan Path -- Scan/Set Logic -- Random Access Scan 169 Built-in Logic Block Observation (BILBO) -- Signature Analysis -- Reduced Intrusion Scan Path (RISP) -- Using Device Scan Paths for Board Level Testing -- Cross Check Technology Embedded Testability -- 8 Boundary Scan -- Board Test Problems as a Basis for Boundary Scan -- Boundary Scan Description -- Test Access Port Description -- Boundary Scan TAP Interconnection and Operation -- Types of Tests Using Boundary Scan -- Boundary Scan Cell Designs -- 9 Built-in Test (BIT) Approaches -- BIT Implementation Requirements -- BIT Access Bus Alternatives -- Chip Level BIT Implementations -- Dual-Port BIT Bus Implementations -- Built-in Test and Human Interactions -- Real-Time On-line Monitoring -- 10 Testability Busses -- The Proposed IEEE Standard Testability Bus -- Testability Busses and LSSD -- Testability Busses and Boundary Scan -- Testability Busses and Scan/Set -- TM and E-TM Testability Busses -- Testability Busses and the TAP -- Real-Time Testability Busses and Multiplexing -- Combination Serial/Real-Time Testability Bus -- Analog Testability Bus Implementation -- Testability Bus Configuration Options -- Testability Busses and ATE -- 11 Mechanical Guidelines -- Overall Test Philosophy -- Accessibility -- Connectors -- Board Layout Guidelines -- Adjustments -- Other Physical Guidelines -- 12 Surface Mount Technology Guidelines -- Mechanical Guidelines for SMT Board Design -- Electrical Guidelines for SMT Board Design -- 13 Software Guidelines -- Hardware Design Factors Required for Software Testability -- General Software Design Guidelines -- Specific Guidelines for Test Control -- Specific Guidelines for Test Modules -- Specific Guidelines for System Level Diagnostics -- Memory Tests -- Specific Guidelines for LRU Testing -- Test Software Development Plans -- 14 Testability Documentation -- Test Software Documentation -- Hardware Documentation -- 15 Implementation Guidelines -- Testability Program Flow -- Design Reviews -- Digital T-Score Rating System and Checklists -- 16 Test Techniques and Strategies -- Production Test Flows -- Cable, Backplane, and Bare Board Continuity Testing -- Loaded Board Opens and Shorts Testing -- In-Circuit Inspection Board Testing -- Manufacturing Defects Testing -- Digital Functional Testing -- Analog PCB Test Equipment -- Combinational Testers -- Choosing a Test Strategy -- Appendix A Testability Checklists -- Appendix B Digital T-Score Rating System.
    Kurzfassung: This book is the second edition of Design to Test. The first edition, written by myself and H. Frank Binnendyk and first published in 1982, has undergone several printings and become a standard in many companies, even in some countries. Both Frank and I are very proud of the success that our customers have had in utilizing the information, all of it still applicable to today's electronic designs. But six years is a long time in any technology field. I therefore felt it was time to write a new edition. This new edition, while retaining the basic testability prin­ ciples first documented six years ago, contains the latest material on state-of-the-art testability techniques for electronic devices, boards, and systems and has been completely rewritten and up­ dated. Chapter 15 from the first edition has been converted to an appendix. Chapter 6 has been expanded to cover the latest tech­ nology devices. Chapter 1 has been revised, and several examples throughout the book have been revised and updated. But some­ times the more things change, the more they stay the same. All of the guidelines and information presented in this book deal with the three basic testability principles-partitioning, control, and visibility. They have not changed in years. But many people have gotten smarter about how to implement those three basic test­ ability principles, and it is the aim of this text to enlighten the reader regarding those new (and old) testability implementation techniques.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 IntroductionHow (and Why) Circuits Are Tested -- Key Testability Techniques -- Testability Definitions -- Why Is Testability Important? -- Testability Awareness -- Testability Commitment -- Testability Benefits -- Testability Trends for the Future -- Design-to-Test Overview -- 2 System Level Guidelines -- System Analysis -- System Level Testability Guidelines -- 3 General Digital Circuit Guidelines -- Initialization -- Asynchronous Circuits and One-Shots -- Interfaces -- Built-in Test Diagnostics -- Feedback Loops -- Oscillators and Clocks -- Fan-in and Fan-out Considerations -- Bussed Logic -- Buffers -- Visibility Points -- Partitioning Functions into Logically Separable Units -- Wired OR/AND Functions -- Counters and Shift Registers -- Additional General Digital Board Guidelines -- Guidelines for Programmable Logic Devices -- 4 General Analog Circuit Guidelines -- General Analog Testability Guidelines -- Analog Circuit Elements -- Frequency Considerations -- High-Frequency Analog Circuits 81 Additional General Analog Circuit Guidelines -- Testability Guidelines for Hybrid Circuits -- 5 LSI/VLSI Board Level Guidelines -- LSI/VLSI Board Advantages and Disadvantages -- Partitioning of LSI/VLSI-Based Boards -- Controllability of LSI/VLSI-Based Boards -- Visibility on LSI/VLSI-Based Boards -- Initialization -- Synchronization -- Self-Tests -- Device Standardization -- Summary of LSI/VLSI Board Guidelines -- 6 Merchant Devices on Boards -- General Guidelines Using Merchant Devices -- The 8080A Microprocessor Family -- The 8085A Microprocessor Family -- The 8048 Microprocessor Family -- The 8086 Microprocessor Family -- The 80186 Processor -- The 80286 Processor -- The 80386 Processor -- The Z80 Microprocessor Family -- The Z8000 Microprocessor Family -- The 6800 Microprocessor Family -- The 2901 Microprocessor Family -- The 68000 Processor Family -- The 68020 Processor -- The 68030 Processor -- The 88000 RISC Processor Family -- The 320C2x DSP Device Family -- Merchant Semiconductor Use Guidelines Summary -- 7 LSI/VLSI ASIC Level Techniques -- Level Sensitive Scan Design (LSSD) -- Scan Path -- Scan/Set Logic -- Random Access Scan 169 Built-in Logic Block Observation (BILBO) -- Signature Analysis -- Reduced Intrusion Scan Path (RISP) -- Using Device Scan Paths for Board Level Testing -- Cross Check Technology Embedded Testability -- 8 Boundary Scan -- Board Test Problems as a Basis for Boundary Scan -- Boundary Scan Description -- Test Access Port Description -- Boundary Scan TAP Interconnection and Operation -- Types of Tests Using Boundary Scan -- Boundary Scan Cell Designs -- 9 Built-in Test (BIT) Approaches -- BIT Implementation Requirements -- BIT Access Bus Alternatives -- Chip Level BIT Implementations -- Dual-Port BIT Bus Implementations -- Built-in Test and Human Interactions -- Real-Time On-line Monitoring -- 10 Testability Busses -- The Proposed IEEE Standard Testability Bus -- Testability Busses and LSSD -- Testability Busses and Boundary Scan -- Testability Busses and Scan/Set -- TM and E-TM Testability Busses -- Testability Busses and the TAP -- Real-Time Testability Busses and Multiplexing -- Combination Serial/Real-Time Testability Bus -- Analog Testability Bus Implementation -- Testability Bus Configuration Options -- Testability Busses and ATE -- 11 Mechanical Guidelines -- Overall Test Philosophy -- Accessibility -- Connectors -- Board Layout Guidelines -- Adjustments -- Other Physical Guidelines -- 12 Surface Mount Technology Guidelines -- Mechanical Guidelines for SMT Board Design -- Electrical Guidelines for SMT Board Design -- 13 Software Guidelines -- Hardware Design Factors Required for Software Testability -- General Software Design Guidelines -- Specific Guidelines for Test Control -- Specific Guidelines for Test Modules -- Specific Guidelines for System Level Diagnostics -- Memory Tests -- Specific Guidelines for LRU Testing -- Test Software Development Plans -- 14 Testability Documentation -- Test Software Documentation -- Hardware Documentation -- 15 Implementation Guidelines -- Testability Program Flow -- Design Reviews -- Digital T-Score Rating System and Checklists -- 16 Test Techniques and Strategies -- Production Test Flows -- Cable, Backplane, and Bare Board Continuity Testing -- Loaded Board Opens and Shorts Testing -- In-Circuit Inspection Board Testing -- Manufacturing Defects Testing -- Digital Functional Testing -- Analog PCB Test Equipment -- Combinational Testers -- Choosing a Test Strategy -- Appendix A Testability Checklists -- Appendix B Digital T-Score Rating System.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 79
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401197717
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: Preservation -- Nutrition -- 1 General Classification of Yeast -- Classification -- Impact of Recent Taxonomic Revision on Industry -- Yeasts of Economic Importance -- Culture Collection -- 2 Yeast Genetics -- Life Cycle -- Techniques Applicable to Yeast Strain Development -- Baker’s Yeast -- Brewer’s Yeast -- 3 Brewer’s Yeast -- General Characteristics of Yeast -- Yeast Characteristics Important for Brewing -- Brewing Process -- Brewery Contaminants -- Biochemistry of Brewing -- Recent Developments -- 4 Wine Yeasts -- Ecology -- Terminology -- Natural Yeasts and Their Occurrence on Grapes and in Musts -- Natural Fermentations -- Description of Species -- Selected Pure Culture Yeasts and Active Dry Wine Yeasts -- Preparation of Starter Cultures -- Biochemistry of Wine Fermentation165 -- The Killer Factor184 -- By-products of the Alcoholic Fermentation and Aroma Compounds -- Microbiological Reduction of Acids193 -- Genetic Manipulation of Wine Yeasts198 -- Microbial Spoilage of Wines199 -- B?otrytis cineria 201 -- Biogenic Amines and Ethyl Carbamate202 -- Technology of Wine Making204 -- Further Readings -- 5 Distiller’s Yeasts -- Whisky227 -- Distillates from Sugar-Containing Raw Materials238 -- Characteristics and Strains of Distiller’s Yeasts242 -- Flavor Compounds248 -- Fermentation Alcohol as Fuel252 -- Further Readings -- 6 Baker’s Yeast Production -- Manufacturing Process Outline262 -- Strains263 -- Principles of Aerobic Growth264 -- Raw Materials271 -- Environmental Parameters280 -- Practice of Aerobic Growth284 -- Further Readings -- 7 Use of Yeast in Baking -- Function of Yeast in Baking316 -- Bread Flavor334 -- White Pan Bread Technology336 -- Active Dry Yeast -- Further Readings -- 8 Yeast-Derived Products -- Flavor Products and Flavor Enhancers370 -- Nutritional Yeast385 -- Colorants Derived from Yeast390 -- Yeast-Derived Enzymes393 -- Products of Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Value, -- 9 Food and Feed Yeast -- Composition415 -- Use of Yeast as a Major Protein Source424 -- Production of Biomass426 -- Further Readings -- 10 Use of Yeasts in the Dairy Industry -- Cheese441 -- Lactose-free Milk441 -- Acidophilus-Yeast Milk442 -- Kefir442 -- Koumiss444 -- Desugaring of Eggs.
    Kurzfassung: Yeasts are the active agents responsible for three of our most important foods - bread, wine, and beer - and for the almost universally used mind/ personality-altering drug, ethanol. Anthropologists have suggested that it was the production of ethanol that motivated primitive people to settle down and become farmers. The Earth is thought to be about 4. 5 billion years old. Fossil microorganisms have been found in Earth rock 3. 3 to 3. 5 billion years old. Microbes have been on Earth for that length of time carrying out their principal task of recycling organic matter as they still do today. Yeasts have most likely been on Earth for at least 2 billion years before humans arrived, and they playa key role in the conversion of sugars to alcohol and carbon dioxide. Early humans had no concept of either microorganisms or fermentation, yet the earliest historical records indicate that by 6000 B. C. they knew how to make bread, beer, and wine. Earliest humans were foragers who col­ lected and ate leaves, tubers, fruits, berries, nuts, and cereal seeds most of the day much as apes do today in the wild. Crushed fruits readily undergo natural fermentation by indigenous yeasts, and moist seeds germinate and develop amylases that produce fermentable sugars. Honey, the first con­ centrated sweet known to humans, also spontaneously ferments to alcohol if it is by chance diluted with rainwater. Thus, yeasts and other microbes have had a long history of 2 to 3.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: PreservationNutrition -- 1 General Classification of Yeast -- Classification -- Impact of Recent Taxonomic Revision on Industry -- Yeasts of Economic Importance -- Culture Collection -- 2 Yeast Genetics -- Life Cycle -- Techniques Applicable to Yeast Strain Development -- Baker’s Yeast -- Brewer’s Yeast -- 3 Brewer’s Yeast -- General Characteristics of Yeast -- Yeast Characteristics Important for Brewing -- Brewing Process -- Brewery Contaminants -- Biochemistry of Brewing -- Recent Developments -- 4 Wine Yeasts -- Ecology -- Terminology -- Natural Yeasts and Their Occurrence on Grapes and in Musts -- Natural Fermentations -- Description of Species -- Selected Pure Culture Yeasts and Active Dry Wine Yeasts -- Preparation of Starter Cultures -- Biochemistry of Wine Fermentation165 -- The Killer Factor184 -- By-products of the Alcoholic Fermentation and Aroma Compounds -- Microbiological Reduction of Acids193 -- Genetic Manipulation of Wine Yeasts198 -- Microbial Spoilage of Wines199 -- B?otrytis cineria 201 -- Biogenic Amines and Ethyl Carbamate202 -- Technology of Wine Making204 -- Further Readings -- 5 Distiller’s Yeasts -- Whisky227 -- Distillates from Sugar-Containing Raw Materials238 -- Characteristics and Strains of Distiller’s Yeasts242 -- Flavor Compounds248 -- Fermentation Alcohol as Fuel252 -- Further Readings -- 6 Baker’s Yeast Production -- Manufacturing Process Outline262 -- Strains263 -- Principles of Aerobic Growth264 -- Raw Materials271 -- Environmental Parameters280 -- Practice of Aerobic Growth284 -- Further Readings -- 7 Use of Yeast in Baking -- Function of Yeast in Baking316 -- Bread Flavor334 -- White Pan Bread Technology336 -- Active Dry Yeast -- Further Readings -- 8 Yeast-Derived Products -- Flavor Products and Flavor Enhancers370 -- Nutritional Yeast385 -- Colorants Derived from Yeast390 -- Yeast-Derived Enzymes393 -- Products of Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Value, -- 9 Food and Feed Yeast -- Composition415 -- Use of Yeast as a Major Protein Source424 -- Production of Biomass426 -- Further Readings -- 10 Use of Yeasts in the Dairy Industry -- Cheese441 -- Lactose-free Milk441 -- Acidophilus-Yeast Milk442 -- Kefir442 -- Koumiss444 -- Desugaring of Eggs.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 80
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170475
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Second Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Electronics Packaging Design and Engineering -- 2 Project Planning -- 3 Human Factors Engineering -- 4 Fabrication Processes -- 5 Mechanical Fasteners -- 6 Heat Transfer and Thermal Control -- 7 Shock and Vibration Design -- 8 Subassemblies and Assemblies -- 9 Design Considerations for Space Electronics -- 10 Material Plating and Finishes -- 11 Radio Frequency and Electromagnetic Shielding -- 12 Design and Development of Miniature Electronics Systems -- 13 Wire and Cabling -- 14 Materials and Processes -- 15 Safety -- 16 Printed Circuits -- 17 Electrical Interconnection Systems -- 18 Forced Air Cooling Systems -- 19 Preferred Materials for Electronic Packaging -- 20 Selection of Plastics for Various Environments -- 21 Mechanics of Simple Stresses -- 22 Formulas and Conversions -- 23 Design Reviews—An Instrument for Decision Making -- 24 Slide Mount Considerations for Electronic Assemblies -- 25 Reference Designations for Electrical and Electronic Parts and Equipment -- 26 Metal Alloy and Temper Designation Systems -- Appendix A -- Appendix B.
    Kurzfassung: The Handbook of Electronics Packaging Design and Engineering has been writ­ ten as a reference source for use in the packaging design of electronics equip­ ment. It is designed to provide a single convenient source for the solution of re­ curring design problems. The primary consideration of any design is that the end product meet or exceed the applicable product specifications. The judicious use of uniform design practices will realize the following economies and equipment improvements: • Economics of design. Uniform design practices will result in less engineering and design times and lower costs. They will also reduce the number of changes that may be required due to poor reliability, maintainability, or producibility. • Improved design. Better designs with increased reliability, maintainability, and producibility will result from the use of uniform design practices. • Production economies. Uniform designs employing standard available tools, materials, and parts will result in the cost control of manufacturing. The Handbook is intended primarily for the serious student of electronics packaging and for those engineers and designers actively engaged in this vital and interesting profession. It attempts to present electronics packaging as it is today. It can be used as a training text for instructional purposes and as a reference source for the practicing designer and engineer.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Electronics Packaging Design and Engineering2 Project Planning -- 3 Human Factors Engineering -- 4 Fabrication Processes -- 5 Mechanical Fasteners -- 6 Heat Transfer and Thermal Control -- 7 Shock and Vibration Design -- 8 Subassemblies and Assemblies -- 9 Design Considerations for Space Electronics -- 10 Material Plating and Finishes -- 11 Radio Frequency and Electromagnetic Shielding -- 12 Design and Development of Miniature Electronics Systems -- 13 Wire and Cabling -- 14 Materials and Processes -- 15 Safety -- 16 Printed Circuits -- 17 Electrical Interconnection Systems -- 18 Forced Air Cooling Systems -- 19 Preferred Materials for Electronic Packaging -- 20 Selection of Plastics for Various Environments -- 21 Mechanics of Simple Stresses -- 22 Formulas and Conversions -- 23 Design Reviews-An Instrument for Decision Making -- 24 Slide Mount Considerations for Electronic Assemblies -- 25 Reference Designations for Electrical and Electronic Parts and Equipment -- 26 Metal Alloy and Temper Designation Systems -- Appendix A -- Appendix B.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 81
    ISBN: 9789401178167
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: I: Characterization of Interface -- II: Surface of Reinforcements -- III: Controlled Interphase -- IV: Interfacial Theories -- V: Influence of Interface on Mechanical and Physical Properties -- Author Index.
    Kurzfassung: The third International Conference on Composite Interfaces (ICCI-III) was held under the auspecies of ASM International, The Aluminum Company of America (Alcoa), The Edison Polymer Innovation Co. (EPIC), Case Western Reserve University, Nippon Glass Fiber Co., Nitto Boseki Co., Office of Naval Reserach (ONR), SAMPE Japan, Teijin Co., Mobay Co., Union Carbide Co., and Vetrotex Sain-Gobain. The underlying philosophy of the conference continues to be the promotion of fundamental understanding of the structure and role of composite interfaces. With the growth of composite interface studies, the research direction naturally changes from characterization and understanding of interfacial structure to controlling this structure. For this reason, the conference was subtitled, "Controlled Interphase Structure." The rather unfamiliar phrase "interphase" is used to emphasize the interfacial region whose properties are different from the bulk. The importance of the interphase to the mechanochemical properties has been rapidly recognized among composite researchers in recent years. The conference incorporated nine sessions. No concurrent sessions were planned because of the strong interest among panicipants and organizers to intennix researchers from different disciplines. Papers presented were redistributed in Pans I throught V. Because of this, both the conference and proceedings are not organized based on the traditional disciplines or materials, but rather around concepts.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: I: Characterization of InterfaceII: Surface of Reinforcements -- III: Controlled Interphase -- IV: Interfacial Theories -- V: Influence of Interface on Mechanical and Physical Properties -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 82
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401094887
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction1.1 Setting the background: a unified ‘process-orientated’ approach to marine geochemistry -- I The Global Journey: Material Sources -- 2 The input of material to the ocean reservoir -- 3 The transport of material to the oceans: the river pathway -- 4 The transport of material to the oceans: the atmospheric pathway -- 5 The transport of material to the oceans: the hydrothermal pathway -- 6 The transport of material to the oceans: relative flux magnitudes -- II The Global Journey: The Ocean Reservoir -- 7 Descriptive oceanography: water column parameters -- 8 Dissolved gases in sea water -- 9 Nutrients, organic carbon and the carbon cycle in sea water -- 10 Particulate material in the oceans -- 11 Trace elements in the oceans -- 12 Down-column fluxes and the benthic boundary layer -- III The Global Journey: Material Sinks -- 13 Marine sediments -- 14 Sediment interstitial waters and diagenesis -- 15 The components of marine sediments -- 16 Unscrambling the sediment-forming signals -- IV The Global Journey: Synthesis -- 17 Marine geochemistry: an overview.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 83
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401168656
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Perspective and overview -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Optical fibre fundamentals -- 1.3 Loss mechanisms in optical fibre materials -- 1.4 Long wavelength fibre materials -- 1.5 Fluoride glasses and optical fibres -- 1.6 Applications for infrared optical fibres -- 1.7 Future prospects -- References -- 2 Properties of fluoride glasses -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Glass-forming systems, structure and crystallization -- 2.3 Thermal properties -- 2.4 Other properties -- 2.5 Optical properties -- References -- 3 Propagation in optical fibres -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Multimode fibres -- 3.3 Monomode fibres -- References -- 4 Manufacture of infrared fibres -- 4.1 Materials preparation -- 4.2 Melting techniques -- 4.3 Fibre fabrication -- 4.4 Problems -- 4.5 Fibre results -- References -- 5 Intrinsic loss measurements -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Rayleigh scattering -- 5.3 IR multiphonon edge -- 5.4 Minimum intrinsic loss -- 5.5 Longer wavelength transmitting fibres -- References -- 6 Extrinsic absorption -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Spectrometer measurements -- 6.3 Absorption due to water -- 6.4 Absorption due to transition metal ions -- 6.5 Absorption due to rare earth ions -- 6.6 Other impurities -- References -- 7 Extrinsic scattering -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Identification of scattering centres -- 7.3 Scattering theory -- 7.4 Scattering solutions for limiting cases -- 7.5 Solutions for metallic (absorbing) spheres -- 7.6 Applications to practical examples -- 7.7 Calculations of scattering loss -- 7.8 Scattering loss in fibres -- 7.9 Conclusions -- References -- 8 Measured losses in fibres -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Available techniques -- 8.3 Total loss -- 8.4 Absorption -- 8.5 Scattering -- 8.6 Recent results -- 8.7 Predicted minimum loss -- References -- 9 Mechanical properties -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Fracture and glass parameters -- 9.3 Strength measuring methods -- 9.4 Fibre strengths -- 9.5 Identification of flaws and effect on strength -- 9.6 Ultimate strength and maximum practical strength -- 9.7 Strength and homogeneous crystal growth -- 9.8 Durability -- 9.9 Conclusions -- References -- 10 Applications -- 10.1 Mid-IR communication systems -- 10.2 Active fibres -- 10.3 Laser surgery -- 10.4 Infrared fibre sensors -- References.
    Kurzfassung: One of the most exciting prospects for optical fibres made from fluoride glasses is the possibility of providing long distance optical communication systems without the need for repeaters. This objective has stimulated much of the work into fluoride glasses over the past ten years, and has prompted the writing of this book. It has also emerged that fluoride fibres can transmit both visible and infrared energy (from about 0.5 to 5 ,urn) and that they have many applications outside the field of telecommunications. These include optical fibre sensors (particularly in remote infrared spectroscopy), laser surgery and fibre lasers. Several companies are now established in the field, and good quality fluoride fibres are available from sources throughout the USA, Europe and Japan. Moreover, the first commercial instruments based on fluoride fibres are finding their way to the market place and these fibres will undoubtedly form the basis of many more instruments yet to be developed. The work presented in this book represents the field both from an academic understanding of the materials and ways to convert them into fibre, and from a practical and commercial viewpoint. The principal author and some of the co­ authors are based at the British Telecom Research Laboratories in the UK.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Perspective and overview1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Optical fibre fundamentals -- 1.3 Loss mechanisms in optical fibre materials -- 1.4 Long wavelength fibre materials -- 1.5 Fluoride glasses and optical fibres -- 1.6 Applications for infrared optical fibres -- 1.7 Future prospects -- References -- 2 Properties of fluoride glasses -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Glass-forming systems, structure and crystallization -- 2.3 Thermal properties -- 2.4 Other properties -- 2.5 Optical properties -- References -- 3 Propagation in optical fibres -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Multimode fibres -- 3.3 Monomode fibres -- References -- 4 Manufacture of infrared fibres -- 4.1 Materials preparation -- 4.2 Melting techniques -- 4.3 Fibre fabrication -- 4.4 Problems -- 4.5 Fibre results -- References -- 5 Intrinsic loss measurements -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Rayleigh scattering -- 5.3 IR multiphonon edge -- 5.4 Minimum intrinsic loss -- 5.5 Longer wavelength transmitting fibres -- References -- 6 Extrinsic absorption -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Spectrometer measurements -- 6.3 Absorption due to water -- 6.4 Absorption due to transition metal ions -- 6.5 Absorption due to rare earth ions -- 6.6 Other impurities -- References -- 7 Extrinsic scattering -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Identification of scattering centres -- 7.3 Scattering theory -- 7.4 Scattering solutions for limiting cases -- 7.5 Solutions for metallic (absorbing) spheres -- 7.6 Applications to practical examples -- 7.7 Calculations of scattering loss -- 7.8 Scattering loss in fibres -- 7.9 Conclusions -- References -- 8 Measured losses in fibres -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Available techniques -- 8.3 Total loss -- 8.4 Absorption -- 8.5 Scattering -- 8.6 Recent results -- 8.7 Predicted minimum loss -- References -- 9 Mechanical properties -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Fracture and glass parameters -- 9.3 Strength measuring methods -- 9.4 Fibre strengths -- 9.5 Identification of flaws and effect on strength -- 9.6 Ultimate strength and maximum practical strength -- 9.7 Strength and homogeneous crystal growth -- 9.8 Durability -- 9.9 Conclusions -- References -- 10 Applications -- 10.1 Mid-IR communication systems -- 10.2 Active fibres -- 10.3 Laser surgery -- 10.4 Infrared fibre sensors -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 84
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179027
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: One: Soils and Paleosols -- 1 Paleopedology -- 2 Soils on and under the landscape -- 3 Features of fossil soils -- 4 Soil-forming processes -- 5 Soil classification -- 6 Mapping and naming paleosols -- 7 Alteration of paleosols after burial -- Two: Factors in Soil Formation -- 8 Models of soil formation -- 9 Climate -- 10 Organisms -- 11 Topographic relief as a factor -- 12 Parent material as a factor -- 13 Time as a factor -- Three: Fossil Record of Soils -- 14 A long-term natural experiment in pedogenesis -- 15 Soils of other worlds -- 16 Earth’s earliest landscapes -- 17 Early life on land -- 18 Large plants and animals on land -- 19 Afforestation of the land -- 20 Grasses in dry continental interiors -- 21 Human impact on landscapes -- References.
    Kurzfassung: Landscapes viewed from afar have a timeless quality that is soothing to the human spirit. Yet a tranquil wilderness scene is but a snapshot in the steady stream of surficial change. Wind, water and human activities reshape the landscape by means of gradual to catastrophic and usually irreversible events. Much of this change destroys past landscapes, but at some times and places, landscapes are buried in the rock record. This work is dedicated to the discovery of past landscapes and their life through the fossil record of soils. A long history of surficial changes extending back almost to the origin of our planet can be deciphered from the study of these buried soils, or paleosols. Some rudiments of this history, and our place in it, are outlined in a final section of this book. But first it is necessary to learn something of the language of soils, of what happens to them when buried in the rock record and which of the forces of nature can be confidently reconstructed from their remains. Much of this preliminary material is borrowed from soil science, but throughout emphasis is laid on features that provide most reliable evidence of landscapes during the distant geological past. This book has evolved primarily as a text for senior level university courses in paleopedology: the study of fossil soils.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: One: Soils and Paleosols1 Paleopedology -- 2 Soils on and under the landscape -- 3 Features of fossil soils -- 4 Soil-forming processes -- 5 Soil classification -- 6 Mapping and naming paleosols -- 7 Alteration of paleosols after burial -- Two: Factors in Soil Formation -- 8 Models of soil formation -- 9 Climate -- 10 Organisms -- 11 Topographic relief as a factor -- 12 Parent material as a factor -- 13 Time as a factor -- Three: Fossil Record of Soils -- 14 A long-term natural experiment in pedogenesis -- 15 Soils of other worlds -- 16 Earth’s earliest landscapes -- 17 Early life on land -- 18 Large plants and animals on land -- 19 Afforestation of the land -- 20 Grasses in dry continental interiors -- 21 Human impact on landscapes -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 85
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400907478
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Introduction to the Photo-oxidative Degradation Mechanisms of Polymers -- 1.1 Definitions of Photostability of Polymeric Materials -- 1.2 General Mechanism of Polymer Photo-oxidation -- 1.3 Photoinitiation of Polymer Degradation -- 1.4 Chain Propagation -- 1.5 Chain Branching -- 1.6 Photo-reactions of Carbonyl Groups -- 1.7 Hydrogen Abstraction -- 1.8 Photodecomposition of Hydroperoxide Groups -- 1.9 Formation of Acids and Peracids -- 1.10 Formation of Unsaturated Groups -- 1.11 Termination Reactions -- 1.12 Phenyl Ring Opening Photo-reactions -- 1.13 Kinetics of Photo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers -- 1.14 Role of Polymer Morphology in Photo-oxidation -- 1.15 Role of Polymer Manufacturing -- 1.16 Role of Metals or Metallic Compounds in Thermal and/or Photo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers -- 1.17 Role of Processing in Thermal Oxidation of Polymers -- 1.18 Mechanisms Involved in the Photolysis of the Thermally Oxidized Polyolefins During Processing -- 1.19 Physical Processes in the Photo-oxidation of Polymers -- 2 Introduction to the Oxidative and Photo- stabilization of Polymers -- 2.1 Antioxidants -- 2.2 Photostabilizers -- 2.3 Stabilizers in a Polymer Matrix -- 2.4 Distribution of Stabilizers in a Polymer Matrix -- 2.5 Quenchers -- 2.6 Singlet Oxygen Deactivators -- 2.7 Photostability of Additives -- 2.8 Synergism and Antagonism between Additives -- 3 Antioxidants -- 3.1 Hindered Phenols -- 3.2 Hydroxygalvinol/Galvinoxy Radical System -- 3.3 Phenolic Sulphides -- 3.4 Monosulphides -- 3.5 Thiophenols and Dithiobisphenols -- 3.6 Sulphoxides and Sulphones -- 3.7 Synergistic Effects between Hindered Phenols and Sulphur- Containing Compounds -- 3.8 Dixanthogens and Thiophosphoryl Disulphides -- 3.9 Metal Dithiolates as Antioxidants -- 3.10 4-Alkyl-2-mercaptothiazolines -- 3.11 Sulphur Dioxide Role in Antioxidizing Systems -- 3.12 Role of the Antioxidant Structure in Stabilization Processes -- 3.13 Oven Ageing Antioxidant Performance -- 3.14 Polyquinones as Antioxidants -- 3.15 Lignin Derivatives as Stabilizers -- 3.16 Organophosphorus Antioxidants -- 3.17 Pentaerythrityl Diphosphites -- 3.18 Organoboron Antioxidants -- 3.19 Macrocyclic Ligands -- 3.20 Aromatic Amine Antioxidants -- 3.21 Nitroso Compounds and Nitrones -- 3.22 Antioxidant Properties of Nitrosoamines -- 3.23 Antioxidant Properties of Antistatic Agents (Tensides) -- 4 Pigments -- 4.1 Photostabilizing Properties of Pigments -- 4.2 Titanium Dioxide -- 4.3 Zinc Oxide -- 4.4 Metal Salts Coatings -- 4.5 Carbon Black -- 5 Photostabilizers -- 5.1 Alkyl-Substituted p-Hydroxybenzoates -- 5.2 Phenyl Esters of Benzoic Acid -- 5.3 Salicylanilides and Oxanilides -- 5.4 Diketones -- 5.5 Benzylidene Malonate -- 5.6 Esters of ?-Cyano-?-phenylcinnamic Acid -- 5.7 Hydroxybenzophenones -- 5.8 Chromanone and Tetralone Photostabilizers -- 5.9 Hydroxybenzotriazoles -- 5.10 Organic Metal Photostabilizers -- 5.11 Metal Stearates -- 5.12 Metal Salts of Organic Acids -- 5.13 Metal Oxime Chelates -- 5.14 Nickel(II) Mono-oxime (Hydrazone) Chelates -- 5.15 Metal Salicylate Chelates -- 5.16 Nickel(II) Bis(stilbene dithiolate) Chelates -- 5.17 Pyrazole Chelates -- 5.18 Nickel(II) Thiopicoline Anilide Chelate -- 5.19 Nickel(II) 2,2?-Thiobis(4-tert.-octylphenolato)-n-butylamine -- 5.20 Nickel(II) Bis(o-butyl-3,5-di-tert.-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-phosphonate -- 5.21 Metal Dithiolates as Photostabilizers -- 5.22 Metal Chelates as Pro-oxidants and Photoinitiators -- 5.23 Dithiocarbamate Iron Complex Acting as Photoinitiator of Polymer Degradation -- 5.24 Metal Acetylacetonates -- 5.25 Metal Deactivators -- 5.26 Organotellurium Compounds as Photostabilizers -- 6 Hindered Amine Light Stabilizers (HALS) -- 6.1 Mechanisms of HALS Reactions -- 6.2 Mechanisms of Nitroxy Radical Reactions -- 6.3 Transformations of Hindered Amines and Nitroxy Radicals During Processing of Polymers -- 6.4 Stabilizing Properties of HALS in Commercial Polymers -- 6.5 Synergistic/Antagonistic Effects of HALS with Other Additives -- 6.6 Novel HALS -- 7 Polymer-Bound Additives -- 7.1 Properties of Polymer-Bound Additives -- 7.2 Polymeric Antioxidants -- 7.3 Polymeric Photostabilizers -- 7.4 Hindered Amine (HALS) Monomers and Polymers -- 7.5 Polymers with Hindered N-oxy Group in the Main Chain -- 8 Industrial Aspects of Polymer Stabilization -- 8.1 Industrial Methods of Incorporating Additives -- 8.2 Toxicity of Photostabilizers -- 8.3 ‘World Index of Polyolefine Stabilizers’ -- 8.4 Industrial Application of Antioxidants -- 8.5 Photostabilization of Low-Density Polyethylene for Agricultural Applications -- 8.6 Commercially Produced Polymeric HALS -- 8.7 Photostabilization of Polypropylene Tapes and Fibres -- 8.8 Photostabilization of Rubber-Modified Plastics -- 8.9 Photostabilization of Poly(vinyl chloride) by Surface Photografting -- 8.10 Photostabilization of Coatings -- 8.11 Additives in a Space Environment -- 9 Experimental Methods in Polymer Degradation and Stabilization -- 9.1 Preparation of a Test Specimen -- 9.2 Determination of the Additive Content after Polymer Photo-oxidative Degradation -- 9.3 Quantitative Determination of Antioxidants -- 9.4 Determination of Effectiveness of Antioxidants -- 9.5 Measurement of Evaporation of Additives from Polymer Samples -- 9.6 Absorption Spectroscopy -- 9.7 Chemiluminescence Measurements -- 9.8 Photoacoustic Spectroscopy -- 9.9 Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy -- 9.10 Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis (ESCA) -- 9.11 Analytical Methods for the Determination of Hydroperoxide Groups -- 9.12 Studies of the Kinetics of Oxidation by Oxygen Uptake Measurements -- 9.13 Determination of the Quenching of Singlet Oxygen -- 9.14 Radioactive Labelling Techniques -- 9.15 Viscosity Measurements -- 9.16 Determination of Chain Scission -- 9.17 The Gloss Loss Test -- 9.18 Testing Methods of Thermo-oxidative Degradation and Stability of Polymers and Plastics -- 9.19 Mechanical Testing of Polymer (Plastic) Samples -- 9.20 Testing of Weathering in Polymers -- 9.21 Computer Modelling of Photo-oxidation and Photostabilization -- References -- Appendices.
    Kurzfassung: During the last two decades, the production of polymers and plastics has been increasing rapidly. In spite of developing new polymers and polymeric materials, only 40-60 are used commercially on a large scale. It has been estimated that half of the annual production of polymers is employed outdoors. Increasing the stability of polymers and plastics towards heat, light, atmospheric oxygen and other environmental agents and weathering conditions has always been a very important problem. The photochemical instability of most of polymers limits them to outdoor application, where they are photo­ degraded fast over periods ranging from months to a few years. To the despair of technologists and consumers alike, photodegrada­ tion and environmental ageing of polymers occur much faster than can be expected from knowledge collected in laboratories. In many cases, improved methods of preparation and purification of both monomers and polymers yield products of better quality and higher resistance to heat and light. However, without stabilization of polymers by applica­ tion of antioxidants (to decrease thermal oxidative degradation) and photostabilizers (to decrease photo-oxidative degradation) it would be impossible to employ polymers and plastics in everyday use.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Introduction to the Photo-oxidative Degradation Mechanisms of Polymers1.1 Definitions of Photostability of Polymeric Materials -- 1.2 General Mechanism of Polymer Photo-oxidation -- 1.3 Photoinitiation of Polymer Degradation -- 1.4 Chain Propagation -- 1.5 Chain Branching -- 1.6 Photo-reactions of Carbonyl Groups -- 1.7 Hydrogen Abstraction -- 1.8 Photodecomposition of Hydroperoxide Groups -- 1.9 Formation of Acids and Peracids -- 1.10 Formation of Unsaturated Groups -- 1.11 Termination Reactions -- 1.12 Phenyl Ring Opening Photo-reactions -- 1.13 Kinetics of Photo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers -- 1.14 Role of Polymer Morphology in Photo-oxidation -- 1.15 Role of Polymer Manufacturing -- 1.16 Role of Metals or Metallic Compounds in Thermal and/or Photo-oxidative Degradation of Polymers -- 1.17 Role of Processing in Thermal Oxidation of Polymers -- 1.18 Mechanisms Involved in the Photolysis of the Thermally Oxidized Polyolefins During Processing -- 1.19 Physical Processes in the Photo-oxidation of Polymers -- 2 Introduction to the Oxidative and Photo- stabilization of Polymers -- 2.1 Antioxidants -- 2.2 Photostabilizers -- 2.3 Stabilizers in a Polymer Matrix -- 2.4 Distribution of Stabilizers in a Polymer Matrix -- 2.5 Quenchers -- 2.6 Singlet Oxygen Deactivators -- 2.7 Photostability of Additives -- 2.8 Synergism and Antagonism between Additives -- 3 Antioxidants -- 3.1 Hindered Phenols -- 3.2 Hydroxygalvinol/Galvinoxy Radical System -- 3.3 Phenolic Sulphides -- 3.4 Monosulphides -- 3.5 Thiophenols and Dithiobisphenols -- 3.6 Sulphoxides and Sulphones -- 3.7 Synergistic Effects between Hindered Phenols and Sulphur- Containing Compounds -- 3.8 Dixanthogens and Thiophosphoryl Disulphides -- 3.9 Metal Dithiolates as Antioxidants -- 3.10 4-Alkyl-2-mercaptothiazolines -- 3.11 Sulphur Dioxide Role in Antioxidizing Systems -- 3.12 Role of the Antioxidant Structure in Stabilization Processes -- 3.13 Oven Ageing Antioxidant Performance -- 3.14 Polyquinones as Antioxidants -- 3.15 Lignin Derivatives as Stabilizers -- 3.16 Organophosphorus Antioxidants -- 3.17 Pentaerythrityl Diphosphites -- 3.18 Organoboron Antioxidants -- 3.19 Macrocyclic Ligands -- 3.20 Aromatic Amine Antioxidants -- 3.21 Nitroso Compounds and Nitrones -- 3.22 Antioxidant Properties of Nitrosoamines -- 3.23 Antioxidant Properties of Antistatic Agents (Tensides) -- 4 Pigments -- 4.1 Photostabilizing Properties of Pigments -- 4.2 Titanium Dioxide -- 4.3 Zinc Oxide -- 4.4 Metal Salts Coatings -- 4.5 Carbon Black -- 5 Photostabilizers -- 5.1 Alkyl-Substituted p-Hydroxybenzoates -- 5.2 Phenyl Esters of Benzoic Acid -- 5.3 Salicylanilides and Oxanilides -- 5.4 Diketones -- 5.5 Benzylidene Malonate -- 5.6 Esters of ?-Cyano-?-phenylcinnamic Acid -- 5.7 Hydroxybenzophenones -- 5.8 Chromanone and Tetralone Photostabilizers -- 5.9 Hydroxybenzotriazoles -- 5.10 Organic Metal Photostabilizers -- 5.11 Metal Stearates -- 5.12 Metal Salts of Organic Acids -- 5.13 Metal Oxime Chelates -- 5.14 Nickel(II) Mono-oxime (Hydrazone) Chelates -- 5.15 Metal Salicylate Chelates -- 5.16 Nickel(II) Bis(stilbene dithiolate) Chelates -- 5.17 Pyrazole Chelates -- 5.18 Nickel(II) Thiopicoline Anilide Chelate -- 5.19 Nickel(II) 2,2?-Thiobis(4-tert.-octylphenolato)-n-butylamine -- 5.20 Nickel(II) Bis(o-butyl-3,5-di-tert.-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-phosphonate -- 5.21 Metal Dithiolates as Photostabilizers -- 5.22 Metal Chelates as Pro-oxidants and Photoinitiators -- 5.23 Dithiocarbamate Iron Complex Acting as Photoinitiator of Polymer Degradation -- 5.24 Metal Acetylacetonates -- 5.25 Metal Deactivators -- 5.26 Organotellurium Compounds as Photostabilizers -- 6 Hindered Amine Light Stabilizers (HALS) -- 6.1 Mechanisms of HALS Reactions -- 6.2 Mechanisms of Nitroxy Radical Reactions -- 6.3 Transformations of Hindered Amines and Nitroxy Radicals During Processing of Polymers -- 6.4 Stabilizing Properties of HALS in Commercial Polymers -- 6.5 Synergistic/Antagonistic Effects of HALS with Other Additives -- 6.6 Novel HALS -- 7 Polymer-Bound Additives -- 7.1 Properties of Polymer-Bound Additives -- 7.2 Polymeric Antioxidants -- 7.3 Polymeric Photostabilizers -- 7.4 Hindered Amine (HALS) Monomers and Polymers -- 7.5 Polymers with Hindered N-oxy Group in the Main Chain -- 8 Industrial Aspects of Polymer Stabilization -- 8.1 Industrial Methods of Incorporating Additives -- 8.2 Toxicity of Photostabilizers -- 8.3 ‘World Index of Polyolefine Stabilizers’ -- 8.4 Industrial Application of Antioxidants -- 8.5 Photostabilization of Low-Density Polyethylene for Agricultural Applications -- 8.6 Commercially Produced Polymeric HALS -- 8.7 Photostabilization of Polypropylene Tapes and Fibres -- 8.8 Photostabilization of Rubber-Modified Plastics -- 8.9 Photostabilization of Poly(vinyl chloride) by Surface Photografting -- 8.10 Photostabilization of Coatings -- 8.11 Additives in a Space Environment -- 9 Experimental Methods in Polymer Degradation and Stabilization -- 9.1 Preparation of a Test Specimen -- 9.2 Determination of the Additive Content after Polymer Photo-oxidative Degradation -- 9.3 Quantitative Determination of Antioxidants -- 9.4 Determination of Effectiveness of Antioxidants -- 9.5 Measurement of Evaporation of Additives from Polymer Samples -- 9.6 Absorption Spectroscopy -- 9.7 Chemiluminescence Measurements -- 9.8 Photoacoustic Spectroscopy -- 9.9 Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy -- 9.10 Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis (ESCA) -- 9.11 Analytical Methods for the Determination of Hydroperoxide Groups -- 9.12 Studies of the Kinetics of Oxidation by Oxygen Uptake Measurements -- 9.13 Determination of the Quenching of Singlet Oxygen -- 9.14 Radioactive Labelling Techniques -- 9.15 Viscosity Measurements -- 9.16 Determination of Chain Scission -- 9.17 The Gloss Loss Test -- 9.18 Testing Methods of Thermo-oxidative Degradation and Stability of Polymers and Plastics -- 9.19 Mechanical Testing of Polymer (Plastic) Samples -- 9.20 Testing of Weathering in Polymers -- 9.21 Computer Modelling of Photo-oxidation and Photostabilization -- References -- Appendices.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 86
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400904118
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 The underwater visual environment -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Definition of terms -- 1.3 The photic environment -- 1.4 Underwater vision and ultraviolet light -- 1.5 Dynamic changes in underwater light - spatiotemporal properties -- 1.6 The underwater polarized light field -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 2 The optical system of fishes -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.1 Optics -- 2.3 Accommodation -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 3 Optical variability of the fish lens -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Lens shape -- 3.3 Relative focal length (Matthiessen’s ratio) -- 3.4 Spherical aberration -- 3.5 Chromatic aberration -- 3.6 Functional significance of fish lens quality -- 3.7 Concluding remarks -- References -- 4 Visual pigments of fishes -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Visual pigment structure -- 4.3 Receptor types -- 4.4 Distribution of visual pigments -- References -- 5 Retinal structure of fishes -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Diversity of retinal structure -- 5.3 Differentiation, structure and connectivity of retinal cells -- 5.4 Cyclic changes of cell morphology in the outer retina -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 6 Electrophysiological characteristics of retinal neurones: synaptic interactions and functional outputs -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Receptive field organizations: spatial and spectral aspects -- 6.3 Voltage-dependent conductances -- 6.4 Specific synaptic interactions -- 6.5 Efferent inputs -- 6.6 Concluding remarks -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 7 Neurotransmitters and neuromodulators of the fish retina -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Neurotransmitters of the distal retina -- 7.3 Neurotransmitters of the proximal retina -- 7.4 Summary -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 8 Tectal morphology: connections, neurones and synapses -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Retinal projections -- 8.3 Tectal position and lamination -- 8.4 Tectal afferents -- 8.5 Intrinsic structural organization of the tectum -- 8.6 Tectal efferents -- 8.7 Concluding remarks -- Abbreviations -- References -- 9 The physiology of the teleostean optic tectum -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 General physiological properties -- 9.3 Tectal input pathways: the retinotectal pathway -- 9.4 The marginal fibre pathway -- 9.5 The retinal efferents (retinopetal component) -- 9.6 The tectoreticular pathway -- 9.7 Conclusion -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 10 The visual pathways and central non-tectal processing -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Visual structures in the diencephalon including the pretectum -- 10.3 Visual structures in the telencephalon -- 10.4 Visual structures in the ventral mesencephalon -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 11 Behavioural studies of fish vision: an analysis of visual capabilities -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Behavioural methods -- 11.3 Visual capabilities -- References -- 12 Development of the visual system -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Development of the optics of the eye -- 12.3 Development of the retina -- 12.4 Development of the optic tectum -- References -- 13 Haplochromis burtoni: a case study -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Visually guided behaviour -- 13.3 Social regulation of growth -- 13.4 Retinal structure -- 13.5 Retinal growth -- 13.6Summary -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 14 Vision in elasmobranchs -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Physiological optics -- 14.3 Tapetum lucidum -- 14.4 Retinal anatomy and physiology -- 14.5 Concluding remarks -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 15 Stimulus, environment and vision in fishes -- 15.1 Introduction -- 15.2 The underwater light environment -- 15.3 Visual adaptations to the environment -- 15.4 Fish as visual stimuli -- 15.5 Summary -- References -- Species index.
    Kurzfassung: A question often asked of those of us who work in the seemingly esoteric field of fish vision is, why? To some of us the answer seems obvious - how many other visual scientists get to dive in a tropical lagoon in the name of science and then are able to eat their subjects for dinner? However, there are better, or at least scientifically more acceptable, reasons for working on the visual system of fish. First, in terms of numbers, fish are by far the most important of all vertebrate classes, probably accounting for over half (c. 22 000 species) of all recognized vertebrate species (Nelson, 1984). Furthermore, many of these are of commercial importance. Secondly, if one of the research aims is to understand the human visual system, animals such as fish can tell us a great deal, since in many ways their visual systems, and specifically their eyes, are similar to our own. This is fortunate, since there are several techniques, such as intracellular retinal recording, which are vital to our understanding of the visual process, that cannot be performed routinely on primates. The cold­ blooded fish, on the other hand, is an ideal subject for such studies and much of what we know about, for example, the fundamentals of information processing in the retina is based on work carried out on fish (e. g. Svaetichin, 1953).
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 The underwater visual environment1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Definition of terms -- 1.3 The photic environment -- 1.4 Underwater vision and ultraviolet light -- 1.5 Dynamic changes in underwater light - spatiotemporal properties -- 1.6 The underwater polarized light field -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 2 The optical system of fishes -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.1 Optics -- 2.3 Accommodation -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 3 Optical variability of the fish lens -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Lens shape -- 3.3 Relative focal length (Matthiessen’s ratio) -- 3.4 Spherical aberration -- 3.5 Chromatic aberration -- 3.6 Functional significance of fish lens quality -- 3.7 Concluding remarks -- References -- 4 Visual pigments of fishes -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Visual pigment structure -- 4.3 Receptor types -- 4.4 Distribution of visual pigments -- References -- 5 Retinal structure of fishes -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Diversity of retinal structure -- 5.3 Differentiation, structure and connectivity of retinal cells -- 5.4 Cyclic changes of cell morphology in the outer retina -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 6 Electrophysiological characteristics of retinal neurones: synaptic interactions and functional outputs -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Receptive field organizations: spatial and spectral aspects -- 6.3 Voltage-dependent conductances -- 6.4 Specific synaptic interactions -- 6.5 Efferent inputs -- 6.6 Concluding remarks -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 7 Neurotransmitters and neuromodulators of the fish retina -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Neurotransmitters of the distal retina -- 7.3 Neurotransmitters of the proximal retina -- 7.4 Summary -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 8 Tectal morphology: connections, neurones and synapses -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Retinal projections -- 8.3 Tectal position and lamination -- 8.4 Tectal afferents -- 8.5 Intrinsic structural organization of the tectum -- 8.6 Tectal efferents -- 8.7 Concluding remarks -- Abbreviations -- References -- 9 The physiology of the teleostean optic tectum -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 General physiological properties -- 9.3 Tectal input pathways: the retinotectal pathway -- 9.4 The marginal fibre pathway -- 9.5 The retinal efferents (retinopetal component) -- 9.6 The tectoreticular pathway -- 9.7 Conclusion -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 10 The visual pathways and central non-tectal processing -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Visual structures in the diencephalon including the pretectum -- 10.3 Visual structures in the telencephalon -- 10.4 Visual structures in the ventral mesencephalon -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 11 Behavioural studies of fish vision: an analysis of visual capabilities -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Behavioural methods -- 11.3 Visual capabilities -- References -- 12 Development of the visual system -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Development of the optics of the eye -- 12.3 Development of the retina -- 12.4 Development of the optic tectum -- References -- 13 Haplochromis burtoni: a case study -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Visually guided behaviour -- 13.3 Social regulation of growth -- 13.4 Retinal structure -- 13.5 Retinal growth -- 13.6Summary -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 14 Vision in elasmobranchs -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Physiological optics -- 14.3 Tapetum lucidum -- 14.4 Retinal anatomy and physiology -- 14.5 Concluding remarks -- Acknowledgements -- Abbreviations -- References -- 15 Stimulus, environment and vision in fishes -- 15.1 Introduction -- 15.2 The underwater light environment -- 15.3 Visual adaptations to the environment -- 15.4 Fish as visual stimuli -- 15.5 Summary -- References -- Species index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 87
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400907850
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 88
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400904415
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIII, 634 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Planar Processing and Basic Devices -- 2. Wafers -- 3. Wafer Measurements -- 4. Equilibrium Concepts -- 5. Oxidation -- 6. Diffusion: Predeposition -- 7. Diffusion; Redistribution -- 8. Ion Implantation -- 9. Chemical Vapor Deposition; Epitaxy -- 10. Etching -- 11. Lithography -- 12. Physical Vapor Deposition; Sputtering -- Appendix A. Four-Point-Probe Derivations; Optical Interference -- A.1 Semi-Infinite (S-I) Sample -- A.2 Thickness Correction for l-t Samples -- A.3 Logarithmic Potential Derivation for Thin Samples -- A.4 Optical Interference -- Appendix B. Ion/Field Interactions -- Appendix C. The Glow Discharge -- C.1 General Gas Discharge -- C.2 The Glow -- C.3 A-C/R-F Glow Discharge -- C.4 R-F Problems -- C.5 Modified Techniques -- Appendix D. Gas Systems -- D.1 Basic Concepts -- D.2 Conductance Calculations -- D.3 Gas Supply Systems -- D.4 Gas Distribution Systems -- D.5 Exhaust Pump Considerations -- F.5.4. Dry Oxidation Curves for (111) Silicon Showing the Effect of Oxidant Pressure -- F.5.5. Dry Oxidation Curves of (111) Silicon with Added Chlorides -- F.5.6. Wet Oxidation of (111) Silicon and Silicon Nitride -- F.5.7. MBASIC Program for Oxidation of Silicon at Atmospheric Pressure -- F.6.1. Diffusion Data -- F.6.2. Error Function Properties -- F.6.3. Error Function Table -- F.6.5. Irvin Sheet Resistance Curves -- F.6.6. Oxide Masking Curves for Boron Predep -- F.6.7. Oxide Masking Curves for Phosphorus Predep -- F.6.8. Vapor Pressure Curves of Liquid Predep Sources -- F.6.10 Boron Nitride Predep Curves -- F.8.1. Ion Implantation: Effective Range Data -- Appendix G. Numerical Constants -- Appendix H. Furnace Construction.
    Kurzfassung: Planar Processing Primer is based on lecture notes for a silicon planar process­ ing lecture/lab course offered at the University of Illinois-UC for over fifteen years. Directed primarily to electrical engineering upperclassmen and graduate students, the material also has been used successfully by graduate students in physics and ceramic and metallurgical engineering. It is suitable for self-study by engineers trained in other disciplines who are beginning work in the semiconductor fields, and it can make circuit design engineers aware of the processing limitations under which they must work. The text describes and explains, at an introductory level, the principal processing steps used to convert raw silicon into a semiconductor device or integrated circuit. First-order models are used for theoretical treatments (e.g., of diffusion and ion implantation), with reference made to more advanced treatments, to computer programs such as SUPREM that include higher order effects, and to interactions among sequential processes. In Chapters 8, 9, and to, the application of silicon processes to compound semiconductors is discussed briefly. Over the past several years, the size of transistors has decreased markedly, allowing more transistors per chip unit area, and chip size has increased.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 89
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401096614
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 297 p) , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Science.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Synthesis of aromatic polyimides from dianhydrides and diamines -- 2 Other synthetic routes to polyimides -- 3 Structure-property relationships in linear aromatic polyimides -- 4 Chemistry and properties of addition polyimides -- 5 Characterisation of polyimides -- 6 Polyimides as adhesives -- 7 Polyimides as resin matrices for advanced composites -- 8 Polyimides for semiconductor applications -- 9 Films, mouldings and other applications -- Appendix: Commercially available polyimides.
    Kurzfassung: The last twenty years or so have seen a flurry of activity in the synthesis of new polymer systems. This interest has developed largely as a result of the increased need for advanced materials. Despite the emergence of a number of outstanding polymers, it is the polyimides that have captured the imagination of scientists and engineers alike as materials that offer outstanding promise for the high technology applic­ ations of the future. The reputation of the polyimide has been established on the bases of outstanding thermal stability, excellent mechanical properties and the ability to be fabricated into useful articles. Polyimides offer a versatility unparalleled in most other classes of macromolecules. Polymers can be prepared from a variety of starting materials, by a variety of synthetic routes. They can be tailor-made to suit specific applications. By judicious choice of starting materials, polymers can be made that offer variations in such properties as glass transition tempera­ ture, oxidative stability, toughness, adhesion, and permeability. It is this versatility that has led to the use of polyimides in a wide variety of applications. The electronics industry makes extensive use of poly imide films in, ior example, semiconductor applications. The leading polymer matrices for high temperature advanced composites are polyimides. High temperature adhesive systems for the bonding of metals or composites are often based on polyimides. In addition, polyimides are now finding use as fibres, foams, sealents and even membranes for the low energy separation of industrial gases.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 90
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400908352
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: One Distribution and function of regulatory peptides -- 1 Atrial natriuretic peptides—localization, structure, function and phylogeny -- 2 Bombesin -- 3 Gastrin/cholecystokinin-related peptides—comparative aspects -- 4 Neurotensin and related peptides -- 5 Opioid peptides—comparative peripheral mechanisms -- 6 Substance P and other tachykinins -- 7 Vasoactive intestinal peptide -- 8 Pancreatic peptides -- 9 Peptides in invertebrates -- Two Integrated physiological functions -- 10 Gut motility -- 11 Gut secretion -- 12 The cardiovascular system -- 13 Co-existence and co-function -- 14 Biosynthesis of regulatory peptides—evolutionary aspects.
    Kurzfassung: Strictly speaking, the term regulatory peptides may include any peptide which has a regulatory function in any organism. In recent years, how­ ever, the term has come to mean those originally classified as brain-gut peptides. The peptides initially defined as those belonging to the brain­ gut axis had a dual location in neurones of the brain and endocrine cells of the gut. We now include a number of neuropeptides found in the autonomic nervous system of the gut, the cardiovascular system and other systems. To many scientists comparative physiology means comparison of the mechanisms of certain functions in the rat, the guinea-pig, the cat and maybe some other mammal. If the philosophy is that man is the centre of the universe and other mammals can be used as 'models' of man, this may well be the most useful way to study the functions of the human being, without actually chopping somebody up. However, with a some­ what wider perspective on life, it is easy to see the importance of a full understanding of the function of all living organisms, in its own right as well as a link in the evolution towards individuals able to survive and reproduce in very different environments. The importance of com­ parative studies in all living organisms cannot be emphasized too much. It has been the ambition with this book to treat all animals as equally important.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: One Distribution and function of regulatory peptides1 Atrial natriuretic peptides-localization, structure, function and phylogeny -- 2 Bombesin -- 3 Gastrin/cholecystokinin-related peptides-comparative aspects -- 4 Neurotensin and related peptides -- 5 Opioid peptides-comparative peripheral mechanisms -- 6 Substance P and other tachykinins -- 7 Vasoactive intestinal peptide -- 8 Pancreatic peptides -- 9 Peptides in invertebrates -- Two Integrated physiological functions -- 10 Gut motility -- 11 Gut secretion -- 12 The cardiovascular system -- 13 Co-existence and co-function -- 14 Biosynthesis of regulatory peptides-evolutionary aspects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 91
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401174749
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Specimen Preparation -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Initial Approach to Preparing the Specimen -- 1.3 Area of the Specimen -- 1.4 Surfaces -- 1.5 Sectioning (Sectional Slices) -- 1.6 Melt Pressings -- 1.7 Staining -- 1.8 Final Comments -- 2 Basic Light Microscopy and the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Synthetic Polymers as Specimens for Light Microscopy -- 2.3 Light versus Electron Microscopy of Polymers -- 2.4 Basic Light Microscopy -- 2.5 Applications for Common Light Microscopy -- 2.6 Phase Contrast Microscopy . -- 2.7 Applications for Phase Contrast Microscopy -- 2.8 Dark Ground Microscopy -- References -- 3 Polarized Light: Theory and Measurements -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Light and Its Interaction with Matter -- 3.3 Elliptically and Circularly Polarized Light -- 3.4 The Uniaxial Indicatrix -- 3.5 The Biaxial Indicatrix -- 3.6 Methods of Producing Polarized Light -- 3.7 Types of Birefringence -- 3.8 The Passage of Polarized Light through Thin Birefringent Plates -- 3.9 Polarization Colours -- 3.10 Relation between Orientation and Birefringence -- 3.11 The Polarizing Microscope -- 3.12 Measurement of Optical Path Difference -- 3.13 Compensators -- 3.14 Dispersion of Birefringence -- 3.15 Spectrophotometric Method -- 3.16 The Wedge Method -- 3.17 Use of the Abbé Refractometer -- References -- 4 Polarized Light: Qualitative Microscopy -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Spherulites -- 4.3 Theory of Spherulitic Crystallization -- 4.4 Different Types of Spherulite -- 4.5 Spherulitic Forms of Polypropylene -- 4.6 Effect of Processing on Spherulites -- 4.7 Small Angle Light Scattering -- 4.8 Molecular Orientation -- References -- 5 Modulation Contrast and Differential Interference Contrast Techniques -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General Principles -- 5.3 The Modulation Contrast System -- 5.4 Differential Interference Contrast -- 5.5 Adjusting the Contrast Systems -- 5.6 Comparison with the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 5.7 Reflected Light Work -- 5.8 Image Interpretation -- 5.9 Applications to Polymers -- References -- 6 Interference Microscopy of Polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Basic Principles of Quantitative Microinterferometry -- 6.3 Reflected Light Applications -- 6.4 Interpretation of Surface Interferograms -- 6.5 Some Reflected Light Systems Applicable to Polymers -- 6.6 Transmitted Light Interference Microscopy -- 6.7 Transmitted Light Systems -- 6.8 Compensators -- References -- 7 Ultraviolet and Fluorescence Microscopy -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Equipment and Techniques -- 7.3 Applications to Non-polymer Materials -- 7.4 Non-Microscopic Applications of Fluorescence from Polymers -- 7.5 Applications of UV Microscopy to Synthetic Polymers -- References.
    Kurzfassung: Synthetic polymers make excellent specimens for light microscopy. Despite this, the use of the technique, at least in its advanced forms, is not so widespread as might be expected. Although reliable and relevant data are difficult to find and quantify, it seems that in other fields of materials science and technology there is a greater readiness to tum to the microscope in research, in industrial problem solving, or for quality assessment and control. It also seems that the reasons for the present situation are partly historical, partly the result of the structure of the plastics and rubber industries, and partly the education and training background of senior staff who tend to be chemistry or engineering based. In neither field does light microscopy feature strongly in the basic training. The primary aim of this book is to provide some insight into the range oflight microscopy techniques applicable to polymeric specimens, and to highlight typical applications to commercial polymers and polymer products. Where appropriate, the optical techniques involved are discussed in some detail. However, it has not been the intention to produce a light microscopy textbook dealing with the principles and design of the basic instrument. Many such texts are available, and selected examples are cited in the reference list at the end of most chapters.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Specimen Preparation1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Initial Approach to Preparing the Specimen -- 1.3 Area of the Specimen -- 1.4 Surfaces -- 1.5 Sectioning (Sectional Slices) -- 1.6 Melt Pressings -- 1.7 Staining -- 1.8 Final Comments -- 2 Basic Light Microscopy and the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Synthetic Polymers as Specimens for Light Microscopy -- 2.3 Light versus Electron Microscopy of Polymers -- 2.4 Basic Light Microscopy -- 2.5 Applications for Common Light Microscopy -- 2.6 Phase Contrast Microscopy . -- 2.7 Applications for Phase Contrast Microscopy -- 2.8 Dark Ground Microscopy -- References -- 3 Polarized Light: Theory and Measurements -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Light and Its Interaction with Matter -- 3.3 Elliptically and Circularly Polarized Light -- 3.4 The Uniaxial Indicatrix -- 3.5 The Biaxial Indicatrix -- 3.6 Methods of Producing Polarized Light -- 3.7 Types of Birefringence -- 3.8 The Passage of Polarized Light through Thin Birefringent Plates -- 3.9 Polarization Colours -- 3.10 Relation between Orientation and Birefringence -- 3.11 The Polarizing Microscope -- 3.12 Measurement of Optical Path Difference -- 3.13 Compensators -- 3.14 Dispersion of Birefringence -- 3.15 Spectrophotometric Method -- 3.16 The Wedge Method -- 3.17 Use of the Abbé Refractometer -- References -- 4 Polarized Light: Qualitative Microscopy -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Spherulites -- 4.3 Theory of Spherulitic Crystallization -- 4.4 Different Types of Spherulite -- 4.5 Spherulitic Forms of Polypropylene -- 4.6 Effect of Processing on Spherulites -- 4.7 Small Angle Light Scattering -- 4.8 Molecular Orientation -- References -- 5 Modulation Contrast and Differential Interference Contrast Techniques -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General Principles -- 5.3 The Modulation Contrast System -- 5.4 Differential Interference Contrast -- 5.5 Adjusting the Contrast Systems -- 5.6 Comparison with the Phase Contrast Microscope -- 5.7 Reflected Light Work -- 5.8 Image Interpretation -- 5.9 Applications to Polymers -- References -- 6 Interference Microscopy of Polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Basic Principles of Quantitative Microinterferometry -- 6.3 Reflected Light Applications -- 6.4 Interpretation of Surface Interferograms -- 6.5 Some Reflected Light Systems Applicable to Polymers -- 6.6 Transmitted Light Interference Microscopy -- 6.7 Transmitted Light Systems -- 6.8 Compensators -- References -- 7 Ultraviolet and Fluorescence Microscopy -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Equipment and Techniques -- 7.3 Applications to Non-polymer Materials -- 7.4 Non-Microscopic Applications of Fluorescence from Polymers -- 7.5 Applications of UV Microscopy to Synthetic Polymers -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 92
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401197021
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1. Recent Trends in the Wool Industry and Some Long-Term Policy Issues -- Structure and Function of the Hair Follicle -- 2. Morphogenesis of the Hair Follicle during the Ontogeny of Human Skin -- 3. Specific Keratins and their Associated Proteins as Markers for Hair Follicle Differentiation -- 4. The Dermal Papilla and Maintenance of Hair Growth -- 5. Special Biochemical Features of the Hair Follicle -- Keratin Proteins -- 6. Intermediate Filaments: Problems and Perspectives -- 7. Intermediate Filament Associated Protein of Epidermis -- 8. Variations in the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 9. Protein Chains in Wool and Epidermal Keratin IF: Structural Features and Spatial Arrangement -- 10. Amino Acid Sequences of Wool Keratin IF Proteins -- 11. Structural Features of Keratin Intermediate Filaments -- Physiological Factors and Hair Growth -- 12. Factors Influencing Cellular Events in the Wool Follicle -- 13. The Influence of Absorbed Nutrients on Wool Growth -- 14. The Scope for Manipulation of Fermentative Digestion in the Rumen to Improve Ruminant Production -- 15. The Effect of the Drug Minoxidil on Hair Growth -- Aberrations of Hair Growth -- 16. Variations in Wool Follicle Morphology -- 17. Follicular Malfunctions and Resultant Effects on Wool Fibres -- 18. Effect of Mutations on the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 19. Genetic Diseases, Hair Structure and Elemental Content -- Keratin Genes -- 20. The Differential Expression of Keratin Genes in Human Epidermal Cells -- 21. Sequential Changes in Gene Expression during Epidermal Differentiation -- 22. Keratin Gene Expression in Wool Fibre Development -- 23. Evolutionary Trees of Intermediate Filament Proteins -- Growth and Differentiation -- 24. Growth Factors, Cell-Cell and Cell-Matrix Interactions in Skin during Follicle Development and Growth -- 25. The Reaction-Diffusion System as a Spatial Organizer during Initiation and Development of Hair Follicles and Formation of the Fibre -- 26. The Cultured Murine Epidermal Keratinocyte and Studies of Differentiation -- 27. Cross-Linked Envelopes: Keratinocyte Transglutaminase -- 28. Desmosomal Proteins and Cytokeratins in the Hair Follicle -- Prospects for the Future -- 29. Genetic Engineering of Rumen Bacteria -- 30. Engineering Ruminai Flora for Improved Protein Quality -- 31. Potential of Transgenic Plants for Improved Amino Acid Supply for Wool Growth -- 32. Isolation of Microbial Genes for Cysteine Synthesis and Prospects for their Use in Increasing Wool Growth -- 33. The Creation of Transgenic Sheep for Increased Wool Productivity -- 34. Efficient Creation of Transgenic Sheep: The Challenge for the Cell Biologist -- 35. Priorities for Production Research -- 36. Future Problems in Wool Structure and Textile Research.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Recent Trends in the Wool Industry and Some Long-Term Policy IssuesStructure and Function of the Hair Follicle -- 2. Morphogenesis of the Hair Follicle during the Ontogeny of Human Skin -- 3. Specific Keratins and their Associated Proteins as Markers for Hair Follicle Differentiation -- 4. The Dermal Papilla and Maintenance of Hair Growth -- 5. Special Biochemical Features of the Hair Follicle -- Keratin Proteins -- 6. Intermediate Filaments: Problems and Perspectives -- 7. Intermediate Filament Associated Protein of Epidermis -- 8. Variations in the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 9. Protein Chains in Wool and Epidermal Keratin IF: Structural Features and Spatial Arrangement -- 10. Amino Acid Sequences of Wool Keratin IF Proteins -- 11. Structural Features of Keratin Intermediate Filaments -- Physiological Factors and Hair Growth -- 12. Factors Influencing Cellular Events in the Wool Follicle -- 13. The Influence of Absorbed Nutrients on Wool Growth -- 14. The Scope for Manipulation of Fermentative Digestion in the Rumen to Improve Ruminant Production -- 15. The Effect of the Drug Minoxidil on Hair Growth -- Aberrations of Hair Growth -- 16. Variations in Wool Follicle Morphology -- 17. Follicular Malfunctions and Resultant Effects on Wool Fibres -- 18. Effect of Mutations on the Proteins of Wool and Hair -- 19. Genetic Diseases, Hair Structure and Elemental Content -- Keratin Genes -- 20. The Differential Expression of Keratin Genes in Human Epidermal Cells -- 21. Sequential Changes in Gene Expression during Epidermal Differentiation -- 22. Keratin Gene Expression in Wool Fibre Development -- 23. Evolutionary Trees of Intermediate Filament Proteins -- Growth and Differentiation -- 24. Growth Factors, Cell-Cell and Cell-Matrix Interactions in Skin during Follicle Development and Growth -- 25. The Reaction-Diffusion System as a Spatial Organizer during Initiation and Development of Hair Follicles and Formation of the Fibre -- 26. The Cultured Murine Epidermal Keratinocyte and Studies of Differentiation -- 27. Cross-Linked Envelopes: Keratinocyte Transglutaminase -- 28. Desmosomal Proteins and Cytokeratins in the Hair Follicle -- Prospects for the Future -- 29. Genetic Engineering of Rumen Bacteria -- 30. Engineering Ruminai Flora for Improved Protein Quality -- 31. Potential of Transgenic Plants for Improved Amino Acid Supply for Wool Growth -- 32. Isolation of Microbial Genes for Cysteine Synthesis and Prospects for their Use in Increasing Wool Growth -- 33. The Creation of Transgenic Sheep for Increased Wool Productivity -- 34. Efficient Creation of Transgenic Sheep: The Challenge for the Cell Biologist -- 35. Priorities for Production Research -- 36. Future Problems in Wool Structure and Textile Research.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 93
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400908215
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface1 Introduction -- 2 Characteristics of urban flora and fauna -- 2.1 Proliferation of introduced species -- 2.2 Severe disturbance -- 2.3 Increased opportunities for dispersal -- 2.4 Habitat diversity -- 2.5 Taxonomic and evolutionary aspects -- 2.6 Vertebrates -- 2.7 Invertebrates -- 2.8 Planted vegetation -- 2.9 Historical factors -- 3 The urban climate and air pollution -- 3.1 Climate -- 3.2 Air pollution -- 4 Soils in urban areas -- 4.1 The classification of urban soils -- 4.2 Conspectus -- 4.3 Characteristics of urban soils -- 4.4 Brick rubble -- 4.5 Topsoiled sites -- 5 Vegetation dynamics -- 5.1 Ecological change as greenfield sites become developed -- 5.2 Ecological change as urban land is recycled -- 5.3 Postdevelopment -- 5.4 Discussion -- 6 Urban commons -- 6.1 Plants -- 6.2 Animals -- 6.3 Research opportunities -- 7 Industrial areas -- 7.1 Raw materials -- 7.2 Buildings, structures, hard landscapes -- 7.3 Energy aspects -- 7.4 Stores and warehouses -- 7.5 Solid waste material -- 7.6 Modern trends -- 8 Railways -- 8.1 The permanent way -- 8.2 Sidings -- 8.3 Brickwork and masonry -- 8.4 Verges -- 8.5 Boundary features -- 9 Roads -- 9.1 Road design -- 9.2 Exhaust emissions -- 9.3 De-icing salt -- 9.4 Traffic stress -- 9.5 Street trees -- 9.6 Grass verges -- 9.7 Animals -- 10 City centres -- 10.1 Animals -- 10.2 Vegetation -- 10.3 Interactions -- 11 City parks -- 11.1 Habitats within a park -- 11.2 Grassland -- 11.3 Growth retardants and herbicides -- 11.4 The changing wild flora of parks -- 11.5 Lakes -- 11.6 Mammals -- 11.7 Birds -- 11.8 Invertebrates -- 12 Allotments and leisure gardens -- 12.1 Background -- 12.2 Cultivated plots -- 12.3 Secondary successions -- 12.4 Birds -- 12.5 Supplementary habitats -- 12.6 Fostering wildlife on allotments -- 13 Cemeteries -- 13.1 Background -- 13.2 Structure planting -- 13.3 Shrubs -- 13.4 The ground layer -- 13.5 Grave plots -- 13.6 Relic communities -- 13.7 Succession -- 13.8 Management options -- 14 Gardens -- 14.1 Vegetation -- 14.2 Animals -- 14.3 Discussion -- 15 Rivers, canals, ponds, lakes, reservoirs and water mains -- 15.1 Urban hydrology -- 15.2 Rivers -- 15.3 Canals -- 15.4 Ponds, lakes, reservoirs and water mains -- 16 Woodland -- 16.1 The archaeology of a small urban wood -- 16.2 Ancient seminatural woodland -- 16.3 Plantations on the site of ancient woodland -- 16.4 Spontaneous recent woodland -- 16.5 Plantations -- 16.6 Birds -- 17 Living with wildlife -- 17.1 The aesthetic conflict -- 17.2 Social considerations -- 17.3 Design and management -- 17.4 Benefits for all -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 94
    ISBN: 9789401160506
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: I—Overview -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Interdisciplinary Approach -- II—Basic Technologies -- 3 Chemical and Physical Characteristics -- 4 Metallurgical Aspects -- 5 Rheology of Solder Pastes -- III—Methodologies and Applications -- 6 Application Techniques -- 7 Soldering Methodologies -- 8 Cleaning -- IV—Reliability, Quality Control, and Tests -- 9 Solder Joint Reliability and Inspection -- 10 Special Topics in Surface Mount Soldering Problems and Other Soldering-RelatedProblems -- 11 Quality Assurance and Tests -- V—Future Tasks and Emerging Trends -- 12 Future Developments -- VI—Appendix -- I. Federal Specification QQ-S-571E and Amendment 4 -- II. Ternary Phase Diagram: Pb-Ag-Sn, Sn-Pb-Bi -- III. Military Specification MIL-P-28809A: PrintedWiring Assemblies -- IV.Quantitative Determination of Rosin Residues onCleaned Electronics Assemblies.
    Kurzfassung: One of the strongest trends in the design and manufacture of modern electronics packages and assemblies is the utilization of surface mount technology as a replacement for through-hole tech­ nology. The mounting of electronic devices and components onto the surface of a printed wiring board or other substrate offers many advantages over inserting the leads of devices or components into holes. From the engineering viewpoint, much higher lead counts with shorter wire and interconnection lengths can be accommo­ dated. This is critical in high performance modern electronics packaging. From the manufacturing viewpoint, the application of automated assembly and robotics is much more adaptable to high lead count surface mounted devices and components. Indeed, the insertion of high lead count parts into fine holes on a substrate might often be nearly impossible. Yet, in spite of these surface mounting advantages, the utilization of surface mount technology is often a problem, primarily due to soldering problems. The most practical soldering methods use solder pastes, whose intricacies are frequently not understood by most of those involved in the engineering and manufacture of electronics assemblies. This publication is the first book devoted exclusively to explanations of the broad combination of the chemical, metallurgical, and rheological principles that are critical to the successful use of solder pastes. The critical relation­ ships between these characteristics are clearly explained and pre­ sented. In this excellent presentation, Dr. Hwang highlights three impor­ tant areas of solder paste technology.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: I-Overview1 Introduction -- 2 Interdisciplinary Approach -- II-Basic Technologies -- 3 Chemical and Physical Characteristics -- 4 Metallurgical Aspects -- 5 Rheology of Solder Pastes -- III-Methodologies and Applications -- 6 Application Techniques -- 7 Soldering Methodologies -- 8 Cleaning -- IV-Reliability, Quality Control, and Tests -- 9 Solder Joint Reliability and Inspection -- 10 Special Topics in Surface Mount Soldering Problems and Other Soldering-RelatedProblems -- 11 Quality Assurance and Tests -- V-Future Tasks and Emerging Trends -- 12 Future Developments -- VI-Appendix -- I. Federal Specification QQ-S-571E and Amendment 4 -- II. Ternary Phase Diagram: Pb-Ag-Sn, Sn-Pb-Bi -- III. Military Specification MIL-P-28809A: PrintedWiring Assemblies -- IV.Quantitative Determination of Rosin Residues onCleaned Electronics Assemblies.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 95
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401164054
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Retail trade. ; Computer science. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Overview of retailing: the future -- 2 Direct product profitability -- 3 Towards an integrated retail management information system -- 4 Planning profitable strategies -- 5 Simulating the retail environment for planning, assessment and training -- Problems Specifically of the Small and Medium Retailer -- 6 A decision support system for medium sized retailers using low cost local area networks -- 7 Technology for the small independent grocer -- Electronic Point of Sales -- 8 Retailing is communicating -- 9 Using point of sales -- 10 Technology for the independent retailer -- 11 Hand held systems in the retail industry -- Specialised Aspects of Retailing -- 12 Lessons for the future from out of the past -- 13 Design and implementation of forecasting and inventory control in the retail industry -- 14 Utilising private data networks to manage -- 15 Enhancing retail profitability using computer-aided design -- 16 Advertising tracking for retailers -- 17 Intreractive media — gimmick or real productivity tool? -- The Future — Land of Promise? -- 18 Making EFTPoS work -- 19 Smart cards in retailing -- 20 EFTPoS the consumer viewpoint.
    Kurzfassung: Retailing today is one of the largest, most buoyant and most competitive market sectors. The large, medium and small retailers, providers of systems are the major players in this market. The exploitation of information technology and the use of quantitative corporate models are emerging as key factors in determining the strength and effectiveness of marketing plans and support logistics. Many major retailers have developed considerable in-house expertise in this area and many hard­ ware manufacturers and systems houses have created special divisions to provide turn-key installations, products and services in order to exploit these opportunities. However, in the research leading up to the seminar on which this book is based, a number of important gaps in retailer useage of systems were noted. While many retailers, including the large multiples, had very sophisticated electronic point of sales devices, the information that was available was not being used to plan effective marketing and selling strategies, nor yet to plan for growth. In the medium and smaller companies there was still concern whether electronic point of sales were cost effective for them or whether being without such aids put them at a grave disadvantage vis-a-vis their larger competitors.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Overview of retailing: the future2 Direct product profitability -- 3 Towards an integrated retail management information system -- 4 Planning profitable strategies -- 5 Simulating the retail environment for planning, assessment and training -- Problems Specifically of the Small and Medium Retailer -- 6 A decision support system for medium sized retailers using low cost local area networks -- 7 Technology for the small independent grocer -- Electronic Point of Sales -- 8 Retailing is communicating -- 9 Using point of sales -- 10 Technology for the independent retailer -- 11 Hand held systems in the retail industry -- Specialised Aspects of Retailing -- 12 Lessons for the future from out of the past -- 13 Design and implementation of forecasting and inventory control in the retail industry -- 14 Utilising private data networks to manage -- 15 Enhancing retail profitability using computer-aided design -- 16 Advertising tracking for retailers -- 17 Intreractive media - gimmick or real productivity tool? -- The Future - Land of Promise? -- 18 Making EFTPoS work -- 19 Smart cards in retailing -- 20 EFTPoS the consumer viewpoint.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 96
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401164993
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 50
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: One Physical FoundationsOne The planetary and geological context of life -- Two The Earth, life, and energy cycles -- Two Past Events and their Biogeographic Significance -- Three Evolution of the biosphere -- Four Continental drift -- Five Biogeographic patterns and ice age events -- Three Present Environments and Biogeographic Patterns -- Six The climatic environment -- Seven Marine and terrestrial environments -- Eight Freshwater environments -- Nine Island environments -- Ten Environments linked through animal movements -- Eleven Organisms and environments integrated through coevolution -- Four the Human Impact -- Twelve Fire as an old and new agent of change -- Thirteen Man the maker and exterminator of plants and animals -- Fourteen Biogeographic repercussions of the intensification of agriculture -- Fifteen The impact of urban-industrial development on patterns of life -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 97
    ISBN: 9789401174633
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: One Getting to Know Gems -- 1 Becoming Intimate with Gems -- 2 Factors of Importance—an Overview -- Two Diamonds -- 3 The Magic of Diamonds -- 4 The Importance of Cut and Proportion -- 5 Body Color -- 6 The Effect of Flaws -- 7 Weight -- 8 How to Spot a Fraud -- 9 Bait or Flamboyant Advertising -- 10 What to Ask When Buying a Diamond -- Three Colored Gemstones -- 11 The Mystery and Magic of Colored Gems -- 12 Determining Value in Colored Gems -- 13 Fraud and Misrepresentation in Colored Gems -- 14 Buying Colored Gems -- 15 Precious Gemstones -- 16 Other Colored Gems -- Four Important Advice Before you buy -- 17 How to Select a Reputable Jeweler -- 18 How to Select a Reputable Gemologist-Appraiser -- 19 A Word About Investment -- Sources for Additional Information -- A Selected List of Gem-Identification Laboratories -- National Jewelry Associations -- State Jewelers’ Associations -- Selected Readings.
    Kurzfassung: to this edition In working with my own clients to acquire gemstones and jewelry since this book was first published in 1984, they have pointed out that most people buy "jewelry" and not "gemstones." Because the book offers so much practical advice and money-saving tips about buying jewelry, they urged me to change the title. So, in this edition The Complete Guide to Buying Gems has been changed to Jewelry & Gems: The Buying Guide. Consumer and professional response to the book has been very gratifying. Almost 14,000 hardcover copies are in circulation. We have received hundreds of letters, phone calls and in-person comments about the helpfulness and interesting information it provides. We thank you for encouraging us to make the book more widely available by bringing out this softcover edition. We have taken the opportunity of this softcover edition to update the price guides for diamonds and colored gemstones and, in light of the increase in both the popularity and price of pearls, to add a price guide for them in the "Guide to Popular Gems and Their Prices." Also, we want to take this opportunity to comment further on gem invest­ ment, taking into account major developments since the original manuscript was written in 1980.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: One Getting to Know Gems1 Becoming Intimate with Gems -- 2 Factors of Importance-an Overview -- Two Diamonds -- 3 The Magic of Diamonds -- 4 The Importance of Cut and Proportion -- 5 Body Color -- 6 The Effect of Flaws -- 7 Weight -- 8 How to Spot a Fraud -- 9 Bait or Flamboyant Advertising -- 10 What to Ask When Buying a Diamond -- Three Colored Gemstones -- 11 The Mystery and Magic of Colored Gems -- 12 Determining Value in Colored Gems -- 13 Fraud and Misrepresentation in Colored Gems -- 14 Buying Colored Gems -- 15 Precious Gemstones -- 16 Other Colored Gems -- Four Important Advice Before you buy -- 17 How to Select a Reputable Jeweler -- 18 How to Select a Reputable Gemologist-Appraiser -- 19 A Word About Investment -- Sources for Additional Information -- A Selected List of Gem-Identification Laboratories -- National Jewelry Associations -- State Jewelers’ Associations -- Selected Readings.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 98
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401170338
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Psychobiology. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1 Food: Its Psychological Meaning and Significance -- 1. The Role of Food and Eating in Personality and Social Development -- 2 Food Preferences -- 2. Long-term Food Preferences -- 3. Fluctuations in Food Preferences -- 4. The Relation Between Emotions and Food Preferences -- 5. Fads, Fashions, and Food Preferences -- 3 Food as a Complex Psychological Stimulus -- 6. Taste -- 7. Odor -- 8. Texture -- 9. Appearance -- 10. Color -- 4 Food Meanings and Associations -- 11. Food Meanings -- 12. Changing Food Likes and Dislikes -- 13. The Use of Food as Psychotherapy -- 14. Conclusion.
    Kurzfassung: Writing this book has been a pleasure, but it has also been frustrating. It was a delight to see that the facts of food preferences, eating, and food behavior conform in many ways to the general principles of psychology. Matching these, however, was often like putting together a jigsaw puz­ zle-looking at a fact and trying to figure out which psychological theories or principles were relevant. This was made more difficult by conflicting principles in psychology and contradictory findings in psychological as well as food-preference research. The material cited is not meant to be exhaustive. Undoubtedly, I have been influenced by my own research interests and points of view. When conflicting data exist, I selected those that seemed to me most representa­ tive or relevant, and I have done so without consistently pointing out contrary findings. This applies also to the discussion of psychological prin­ ciples. Much psychological research is done in very restrictive conditions. Therefore, it has limited applicability beyond the confines of the context in which it was conducted. What holds true of novelty, complexity, and curiosity when two-dimensional line drawings are studied, for example, may not have much to do with novelty, complexity, and curiosity in rela­ tion to foods, which vary in many ways such as shape, color, taste, texture, and odor. Nevertheless, I have tried to suggest relationships between psy­ chological principles and food preferences.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Food: Its Psychological Meaning and Significance1. The Role of Food and Eating in Personality and Social Development -- 2 Food Preferences -- 2. Long-term Food Preferences -- 3. Fluctuations in Food Preferences -- 4. The Relation Between Emotions and Food Preferences -- 5. Fads, Fashions, and Food Preferences -- 3 Food as a Complex Psychological Stimulus -- 6. Taste -- 7. Odor -- 8. Texture -- 9. Appearance -- 10. Color -- 4 Food Meanings and Associations -- 11. Food Meanings -- 12. Changing Food Likes and Dislikes -- 13. The Use of Food as Psychotherapy -- 14. Conclusion.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 99
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179249
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Third Edition
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1: Cocoa and Chocolate -- 1. History and Development -- 2. Cocoa Processes -- 3. Cocoa Butter and Replacement Fats -- 4. Emulsifiers in Chocolate Confectionery Coatings and Cocoa -- 5. Chocolate Manufacture -- 6. Confectionery Coatings, Chocolate Replacers, Dietetic Compounds -- 7. Chocolate Bars and Covered Confectionery -- 2: Confectionery: Ingredients and Processes -- 8. Sugars, Glucose Syrups, and Other Sweeteners -- 9. Confectionery Fats -- 10. Milk and Milk Products -- 11. Egg Albumen and Other Aerating Agents -- 12. Gelatinizing Agents, Gums, Glazes, Waxes -- 13. Starches, Soya Flour, Soya Protein -- 14. Fruits, Preserved Fruits, Jam, Dried Fruit -- 15. Nuts -- 16. Chemical and Allied Substances Used in the Confectionery Industry -- 17. Colors for Use in Confectionery -- 18. Flavor and Flavoring Materials -- 19. Confectionery Processes and Formulations -- 3: General Technology -- 20. Science and Technology of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 21. Pest Control -- 22. Packaging in the Confectionery Industry -- 23. Quality Control -- 24. Food Value of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 25. Research and Development in the Confectionery Industry -- Appendix I. Special Methods of Analysis -- Appendix II. Resources.
    Kurzfassung: The second edition of this book achieved worldwide recognition within the chocolate and confectionery industry. I was pressed to prepare the third edition to include modern developments in machinery, production, and packaging. This has been a formidable task and has taken longer than anticipated. Students still require, in one book, descriptions of the fundamental principles of the industry as well as an insight into modern methods. Therefore, parts of the previous edition describing basic technology have been retained, with minor alterations where necessary. With over fifty years' experience in the industry and the past eighteen years working as an author, lecturer, and consultant, I have collected a great deal of useful information. Visits to trade exhibitions and to manufacturers of raw materials and machinery in many parts of the world have been very valuable. Much research and reading have been necessary to prepare for teaching and lecturing at various colleges, seminars, and manufacturing establishments. The third edition is still mainly concerned with science, technology, and production. It is not a book of formulations, which are readily available elsewhere. Formulations without knowledge of principles lead to many errors, and recipes are given only where examples are necessary. _ Analytical methods are described only when they are not available in textbooks, of which there are many on standard methods of food analysis. Acknowledgments I am still indebted to many of the persons mentioned under "Acknowledgments" in the second edition. I am especially grateful to the following.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1: Cocoa and Chocolate1. History and Development -- 2. Cocoa Processes -- 3. Cocoa Butter and Replacement Fats -- 4. Emulsifiers in Chocolate Confectionery Coatings and Cocoa -- 5. Chocolate Manufacture -- 6. Confectionery Coatings, Chocolate Replacers, Dietetic Compounds -- 7. Chocolate Bars and Covered Confectionery -- 2: Confectionery: Ingredients and Processes -- 8. Sugars, Glucose Syrups, and Other Sweeteners -- 9. Confectionery Fats -- 10. Milk and Milk Products -- 11. Egg Albumen and Other Aerating Agents -- 12. Gelatinizing Agents, Gums, Glazes, Waxes -- 13. Starches, Soya Flour, Soya Protein -- 14. Fruits, Preserved Fruits, Jam, Dried Fruit -- 15. Nuts -- 16. Chemical and Allied Substances Used in the Confectionery Industry -- 17. Colors for Use in Confectionery -- 18. Flavor and Flavoring Materials -- 19. Confectionery Processes and Formulations -- 3: General Technology -- 20. Science and Technology of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 21. Pest Control -- 22. Packaging in the Confectionery Industry -- 23. Quality Control -- 24. Food Value of Chocolate and Confectionery -- 25. Research and Development in the Confectionery Industry -- Appendix I. Special Methods of Analysis -- Appendix II. Resources.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 100
    ISBN: 9789400911413
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Ausgabe: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Kurzfassung: 1: Measurement -- Integrated fermentor sampling and analysis -- Measurement of biological reaction rates using advanced pH control systems -- Morphological measurements on filamentous microorganisms by image analysis -- Reconciliation of measurement data in fermentation using on-line expert system -- Glucose biosensors for the study and control of bakers compressed yeast production -- Computer controlled system for on-line monitoring of a fermentation process -- 2: Modelling I -- Structured modelling of bioreactor systems -- Mathematical simulation of anaerobic stratified biofilm processes -- A new approach for development of structured growth models -- Modelling secondary metabolite production — case pleuromulin -- Modelling of kinetics, mass transfer and mixing phenomena in 45, 450 and 4500 L tank fermenters -- A software tool for fermentation modelling -- Hydrodynamic and kinetic modelling of a flocculating bioreactor with cell recycle -- Modelling and simulation of naphthalene to salicylic acid fermentation process -- 3: Modelling II — System Identification, Parmeter and State Estimation -- An introduction to system identification, parameter and state estimation -- Expert system approach to recognize the state of fermentation and to diagnose faults in bioreactors -- Toward a systematic method for the generalization of fermentation data -- Adaptive inferential estimation and its application to biomass control -- Experimental validation of a methodology for on-line state estimation in bioreactors -- Optimal feeding strategy for identification of Monod-type models by fed-batch experiments -- Identification of a simulated continuous yeast fermentation -- Structured modelling and parameter identification of budding yeast populations -- Parameter estimation of kinetics and modelling in methanogenic fermentation of Methanosarcina barkeri -- On-line estimation of cell mass using an extended Kalman filter -- Observability by pH in bioprocesses -- 4: Control I -- Process controlled temperature induction during batch fermentations for recombinant DNA products -- Application of an expert system to the operation and control of industrial antibiotic fermentation process -- IBE fermentation control -- Improvement of the penicillin production in bench-scale reactors by on-line measurement, data evaluation and parameter-adaptive control -- On-line parameter identification and computer control of an anaerobic waste water treatment process -- On experiences with expert systems in the control of bioreactors -- Intelligent purification of monoclonal antibodies -- 5: Control II -- A fed-batch process for pullulanase production -- A new approach for the control of baker’s yeast fed-batch fermentation -- Lyapunov design of convergent adaptive controllers for a class of multilinear systems arising from biotechnological applications -- A new nonlinear adaptive approach to automatic control of bioprocesses -- Adaptive algorithm for estimation and control of fed-batch bioprocesses -- Modelling and control of polygalacturonase production from Kluyveromyces marxianus -- Nonlinear estimation and adaptive control of a fed-batch fermentor -- Sensitivity analysis in static optimization of fermentation plants -- Maximum production of glutathione in fed-batch culture of Saccharomyces cerevisiae -- 6: Data Management -- Management of process control data for bio-process analysis -- Data handling for fermentation development — an industrial approach -- On-line monitoring of the response of a fermentation process to nutrient additions -- A modelling approach to trouble diagnosis by multilevel fuzzy functions and its application -- Model based optimization of a SCP fermentation process -- Adaptive monitoring of bioreactor contamination -- PC-based on-line estimation of derived variables -- The use of carbon dioxide evolution rate in consistency checking other fermenter sensor outputs -- Using the downhill Simplex method to fit complex rate equations to data -- Fermentation fault diagnosis using analytical redundancy -- Author Index.
    Kurzfassung: Richard Fox Chairman, Scientific Programme Committee Between 25th and 29th September, 1988, 243 people who either apply or research the use of computers in fermentation gathered together at Robinson College, Cambridge, UK. They came from 30 countries. The conference brought together two traditions. Firstly, it continued the series on Computer Applications in Fermentation Technology (ICCAFT) inaugurated by Henri Blanchere in Dijon in 1973 and carried forward in Philadelphia and Manchester. Secondly, it brought the expertise of the many members of the International Federation of Automatic Control (IFAC), who focused their attention on biotechnology at Noordwijkerhout in the Netherlands in December, 1985. I am happy to say that the tradition carries on and a successor meeting will hopefully take place in the USA in 1991. If you find these proceedings useful or stimulating, then we hope to see you there. We set out to make ICCAFT4 a close-knit friendly conference. We housed all who cared to in Robinson College itself and organised no parallel sessions. Because we, the organisers, experience difficulty with the jargon of our colleagues from other disciplines, we asked Bruce Beck to present a breakfast tutorial on modern control and modelling techniques, and we set up informal panel discussions after dinner on two evenings. Neville Fish chaired a forum on the microbiological principles behind models, while Professors Derek Linkens and Ron Leigh led a discussion on expert systems in control.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1: MeasurementIntegrated fermentor sampling and analysis -- Measurement of biological reaction rates using advanced pH control systems -- Morphological measurements on filamentous microorganisms by image analysis -- Reconciliation of measurement data in fermentation using on-line expert system -- Glucose biosensors for the study and control of bakers compressed yeast production -- Computer controlled system for on-line monitoring of a fermentation process -- 2: Modelling I -- Structured modelling of bioreactor systems -- Mathematical simulation of anaerobic stratified biofilm processes -- A new approach for development of structured growth models -- Modelling secondary metabolite production - case pleuromulin -- Modelling of kinetics, mass transfer and mixing phenomena in 45, 450 and 4500 L tank fermenters -- A software tool for fermentation modelling -- Hydrodynamic and kinetic modelling of a flocculating bioreactor with cell recycle -- Modelling and simulation of naphthalene to salicylic acid fermentation process -- 3: Modelling II - System Identification, Parmeter and State Estimation -- An introduction to system identification, parameter and state estimation -- Expert system approach to recognize the state of fermentation and to diagnose faults in bioreactors -- Toward a systematic method for the generalization of fermentation data -- Adaptive inferential estimation and its application to biomass control -- Experimental validation of a methodology for on-line state estimation in bioreactors -- Optimal feeding strategy for identification of Monod-type models by fed-batch experiments -- Identification of a simulated continuous yeast fermentation -- Structured modelling and parameter identification of budding yeast populations -- Parameter estimation of kinetics and modelling in methanogenic fermentation of Methanosarcina barkeri -- On-line estimation of cell mass using an extended Kalman filter -- Observability by pH in bioprocesses -- 4: Control I -- Process controlled temperature induction during batch fermentations for recombinant DNA products -- Application of an expert system to the operation and control of industrial antibiotic fermentation process -- IBE fermentation control -- Improvement of the penicillin production in bench-scale reactors by on-line measurement, data evaluation and parameter-adaptive control -- On-line parameter identification and computer control of an anaerobic waste water treatment process -- On experiences with expert systems in the control of bioreactors -- Intelligent purification of monoclonal antibodies -- 5: Control II -- A fed-batch process for pullulanase production -- A new approach for the control of baker’s yeast fed-batch fermentation -- Lyapunov design of convergent adaptive controllers for a class of multilinear systems arising from biotechnological applications -- A new nonlinear adaptive approach to automatic control of bioprocesses -- Adaptive algorithm for estimation and control of fed-batch bioprocesses -- Modelling and control of polygalacturonase production from Kluyveromyces marxianus -- Nonlinear estimation and adaptive control of a fed-batch fermentor -- Sensitivity analysis in static optimization of fermentation plants -- Maximum production of glutathione in fed-batch culture of Saccharomyces cerevisiae -- 6: Data Management -- Management of process control data for bio-process analysis -- Data handling for fermentation development - an industrial approach -- On-line monitoring of the response of a fermentation process to nutrient additions -- A modelling approach to trouble diagnosis by multilevel fuzzy functions and its application -- Model based optimization of a SCP fermentation process -- Adaptive monitoring of bioreactor contamination -- PC-based on-line estimation of derived variables -- The use of carbon dioxide evolution rate in consistency checking other fermenter sensor outputs -- Using the downhill Simplex method to fit complex rate equations to data -- Fermentation fault diagnosis using analytical redundancy -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
Schließen ⊗
Diese Webseite nutzt Cookies und das Analyse-Tool Matomo. Weitere Informationen finden Sie hier...